Home

User Guide

1. PagS4 s0 Roll width From printer B3 ISO B2 ISO Deli5 ae Accounting B4 JIS B3 JIS Account ID B2 JIS B1 JIS pores Super C A2 Super D A1 Using Excel 1 Select the Page Layout tab then Size and choose the paper size you want Formulas Page Layoail la Sue i Print E fave As i Copies f i Doen Print fp Close tales Printer HIP Designjet TLO PS HPL Recent DP ices Mew Settings Em Print Active Sheets i Se ni pert the active sheets Save Send Pages 7 Help oy Collated ERS 5 3 Lia 133 a 3 Add ins a 1 Options Portrait Orientation E Exit Aa i J emri om Mermal Karrie Left L76 cm Right 17h lt m bh No Scaling LEG Prin sheets at their actual size a l fl F eee 6 aa ag Print and scale from Microsoft Office 133 2 Select the File tab then Print and select the name of your printer aQ ug Wire abm al mal cal Widin Automatic Gidines Headingi Gal j a i 4 4 bo a Height Automatic F view E view 2 ary is Daceground Prat zir PiE Bong Send Seion hbgn Ger Tate 9 A Seale woe 2 pint Diet fanmi Backy Pane Thampi Page Tahu z rals to Fil z Sheri Glia g y ia Flr r Ger Lepo A HW totors ah amiace TA rents E Li F Themes Marging Onentation Sit B e Hae HH Sheet Sheet Heady Shen o 3 Select Printer Pr
2. J Center Image Top 0 Left 1 825 Adobe RGB 1998 Rendering Intent Relative Colorimetric Proof Setup se b Working CMYK _ Simulate Paper Color v Simulate Black Ink Match Print Colors _ Gamut Warning Show Paper White 2 Choose from the available document sizes Quick sets Factory defaults z Delete Paper Options Document size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Tabloid A4 A3 B4 JIS B3 JIS Super B A3 Arch C More Print Quality Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Standard options Speed Quality Custom options Settings Use printer settings Rendering resolution ppi 600 Printing resolution dpi Automatic Paper source Use printer settings Paper type If you do not find the size that you intend to use press the Custom button Enter the width the length and the name of your custom size Press the Save and OK buttons 3 00 36 25 5 51 3582 68 128 Chapter 14 Practical printing examples ENWW 3 You may wish to change the default paper source paper type and print quality a HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quality Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets Paper Options Letter Document size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Margins Layout Custom we Currently
3. e inthe HP Designjet Utility for Windows select the Tools menu then HP Proactive Support not available in HP Designjet Utility 1 0 e Inthe HP Printer Monitor for Mac OS X select Preferences gt Monitoring gt Enable HP Proactive Support If Proactive Support finds any potential problem it notifies you with an alert which will explain the problem and recommend a solution In some cases the solution may be applied automatically in other cases you may be asked to perform some procedure to solve the problem Customer Self Repair HP s Customer Self Repair program offers our customers the fastest service under either warranty or contract It enables HP to ship replacement parts directly to you the end user so that you can replace them Using this program you can replace parts at your own convenience Convenient easy to use e AnHP Support Specialist will diagnose and assess whether a replacement part is required to address a defective hardware component e Replacement parts are express shipped most in stock parts are shipped the very same day you contact HP e Available for most HP products currently under warranty or contract e Available in most countries For more information about Customer Self Repair see http www hp com go selfrepair ENWW HP Proactive Support 241 Contact HP Support HP Support is available to you by telephone or instant messaging What to do before you call e Review the troubleshooting sug
4. History Usage Remove Accounting love Print m View accessible version Step 2 Select the settings for the job s and press the Print button to start printing Select saved preset Default E Job settings G Basic settings User name Unknown Store job in printer Off Disk free space 43 7 GB Copies Collate Off Reverse printing Last e on to r S oy i Submit the job from the same computer that stores the files Hold for preview Default Use the latest version of your browser Manual mode Default i i E Print valty Default a The browser should be connected directly to the printer without a proxy A HTTP 1 1 should be used rather than HTTP 1 0 HTTP can be significantly faster than HTTPS You may need to change the printer network settings to allow HTTP A 100baseT LAN is essential for fast throughput Help about the Submit Job page The Submit Job page allows you to send one or more files to the printer Recommendations for best performance Advanced settings Note If you have a popup blocker installed you may need to disable it for this Web site in order to submit jobs If you observe that job submission is slow it may be due to interference from other programs such as firewalls Many options are available however the same settings are used for each file To submit the file s with your settings click the Print button aa f Y R 100 v Jone i Local intranet Protected Mode Off 70 C
5. Ap Designjet T2500 eMultifunction Series User s Guide 2013 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Legal notices The information contained herein is subject to change without notice The only warranties for HP products and services are set forth in the express warranty statement accompanying such products and services Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an additional warranty HP shall not be liable for technical or editorial errors or omissions contained herein HI SPEED CERTIFIED Hi Speed USB certified IPv6 ready Trademarks Adobe Acrobat Adobe Photoshop and PostScript are trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated Corel is a trademark or registered trademark of Corel Corporation or Corel Corporation Limited ENERGY STAR and the ENERGY STAR mark are registered U S trademarks Microsoft and Windows are U S registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation PANTONE is Pantone Inc s check standard trademark for color Table of contents 1 OTONU ON acna naa 1 SF EP Gel UENO S sesso T T E A A E A E EE A A S A 2 Ae SCUD E O E 3 Usima CANS GUINE sairone E E E S 3 PT MACE raele S P E P E E E PE E E PE A E E E EA E elena aidan E A E E 4 ITh printer simain features ssssciisrersessvosesdsnss connote annen E Ea N EEEE EE Eas NE ERS 5 The Printer s main components 000000000000000000000000sessee00resssssssseoressssssscessesssssseccrsssssssceccrsssss
6. Full control Modify Read amp execute List folder contents Read Write For special permissions or advanced settings click Advanced Advanced Learn about access control and permissions OK Cancel Apply The scanner user can now access the folder and write files to it Next you must configure the printer to send scans to the folder Example Create a scan to network folder under Mac OS 1 Create a new user account for the scanner user on the remote computer You can use an existing user account for this purpose but it is not recommended 2 Create or choose a folder on the remote computer By default Mac OS users have a Public folder that can easily be used for this purpose ENWW Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder 27 3 Open the System Preferences application and select the Sharing icon 000 Sharing Cale Crowa a Computer Name Joe Blogg s iMac Computers on your local network can access your computer at Joe Edit Bloggs iMac local eta sect die Service File Sharing Off DVD or CD Sharing File Sharing allows other users to access shared folders on this computer Screen Sharing and allows administrators to access all volumes fg File Sharing Printer Sharing Shared Folders Users Web Sharing _jJoe Blogg s Public Folder J Joe Blogg Read amp Write Remote Login 2 Users Read Only Remote Management Bat Everyone Read Only Remote Apple Event
7. 240 15 2 m 50 ft 22 9m 75 ft 210 30 5 m 100 ft 190 30 5 m 100 ft 190 30 5 m 100 ft 200 30 5 m 100 ft 200 30 5 m 100 ft 260 22 9 m 75 ft 30 5 m 100 ft 260 22 9m 75 ft 30 5 m 100 ft Width 594 mm 23 39 in A1 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in Part numbers Q1439A J C3869A AEN C3868A AELN C3860A AJN C3859A JLN C3876A AEJN C3875A 51642A AEJN 51642B CZ984 A AEN Q8806A AEN CZ987A AEN Q8808A AEN CG459A or B CG460A or B Q1426A AEJN Q1427A AEJN Q1420A AEJN Q1421A AEJN Q6574A Q6575A Q6579A Q6580A Q7991A Q7993A Q7992A Q7994A TIP The dye inks used by your printer will fade very quickly on instant dry photo papers If you plan to display the prints for more than two weeks you should laminate them to achieve longer life HP Self Adhesive Material HP Everyday Adhesive Matte Polypropylene 2 Pack HP Everyday Adhesive Gloss Polypropylene 2 Pack 120 22 9 m 75 ft without liner 130 22 9 m 75 ft without liner 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 914 mm 36 in
8. COF18A COF19A COF28A How to order supplies and accessories 169 Table 19 3 Roll paper continued Paper type g m Length Width Part numbers HP Colorfast Adhesive Vinyl 2 Pack 190 12 2 m 40 ft 914 mm 36 in COFO8A without liner HP Universal Adhesive Vinyl 2 Pack 150 20 1 m 66 ft 914 mm 36 in C2T51A without liner HP Banner and Sign Material HP Everyday Matte Polypropylene 2 120 30 5 m 100 ft 610 mm 24 in CHO22A Pack 914 mm 36 in CH023A HP Durable Banner with DuPont 140 22 9 m 75 ft 914 mm 36 in COF12A Tyvek 2 Pack HP Premium Matte Polypropylene 2 140 22 9 m 75 ft 914 mm 36 in C2T53A Pack Table 19 4 Sheet paper Paper type g m Length Width Part numbers HP Photographic Paper HP Premium Gloss Photo Paper 240 483 mm 19 in 330 mm 13 in CZ985A AEN 610 mm 24 in 457 mm 18 in CZ986A AEN HP Premium Satin Photo Paper 240 483 mm 19 in 330 mm 13 in CZ988A AEN 610 mm 24 in 457 mm 18 in CZ989A AEN Order accessories The following accessories can be ordered for your printer Name Product number HP Designjet PostScript Upgrade COC66A HP Designjet 36 inch Rollfeed Spindle COE65A HP Designjet 3 in Spindle Adaptor Kit CN538A Introduction to the accessories PostScript Upgrade The PostScript Upgrade enables a T2500 to print the same file types that a T2500 PS can print including PDF and PostScript files The PostScript upgrade can be plugged into the printer s USB host It i
9. H Copimsi f Ki Print i Open fp Close rili Recent Peuster Priest fies Mew Settings Em ti Priest Aa lides s ui i Print entre presentation Save A Send Slides D Help c Full Pape Slides A z hide Frnt 1 side per page 2 option ga ne Ail Ls l3 Lag Esil Ej E Eit Header amp Fenter 41 lofi 4 2 Select Printer Properties gt Layout Output gt Fit to to scale the document to a particular size Quick sets Factory defaults et egw dette Resizing Options Actual size Fit to een Tabloid c Paper size 8 50 x 11 00 inches D Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches E Legal Arch A Orie Arch B Roll Options Arch C Arh D Disable automatic cutter Arch E Arch E1 Remove blank areas Out pies Crop lines Remove margins between pages Rotate by 90 degrees Autorotate pagB4 ISO Roll width From printer B3 ISO B2 ISO Deli 53 ae Accounting B4 JIS B3 IS Account ID B2 JIS B1 JIS hy Super B A3 Super C A2 Super D A1 130 Chapter 14 Practical printing examples ENWW 3 Select the Paper Quality tab then select Paper Source and Paper Type a HP Designjet T1500 PS HPGL2 Properties Paper Quaiity Layout Output Color Sa Quick sets Factory defaults Z Save Delete Paper Options Document size 841 00 x 594 00 mm Al Y aaa Currently loaded paper Printer information no
10. OVO TMA AG ace sacs dep sontcoamasscseuicteraneecesceacsseresessssacsuvsadusasnes A esntvantucasniacaussudspbeceseeseoseestwsseconsenssentseentisoneaes 208 Clipping in dark Or light areas cccccceceeecccccecceeesssssssssscssceeeeccecceeececccccssesesseeeeeeeeeaceeeescecscsssseseseeeeeeeeees 208 Flare in the image when scanning glossy originals cccseeecssssssessssseeseecccccecccceceececeecccccssssesssseseceeeseeseees 210 Vertical red and green bands over white or black background 0seseeeesssssssseseeeecccseceeceseeeceecceeceeeeeeseees 210 TG SUG SUE CO suras E E E 210 VIDE O seose E cian aaen dlessesieasatwesd anaes te ieedeoaranceteneoercunseadioaanecnne tee 211 Horizontal periodical banding ssscascccessvavccvnadnassds ocsededsinnban5aadeuauwoasesvaaeasineensenonsussvandsaswobadessudesnweduaweuertseiesssaveaswones 212 Defocus blurring and fading colors cccseesesssssscsccccccccscceccsecccsesssssessessesesssssssscccccsacceecsacesceseecceesseseeseess 212 Incorrect paper advance skew during scanning or horizontal Wrinkles cccccsssssssssssscecccceecessssssesceees 214 Vertical black band 20 cm wide ssc0i 2ssenaccesiesevacenseccnsdedeedannsansdentessaionssaves see esensed cudacenewsnesausenwadssanseseabieansatincedentdeds 215 The scanner damages some originals ssssceccececceccccccccecccsssssssseseeeeeecccceeeeeeccsssseesssseseeececseeeeeececssesesseees 216 Complete
11. PDF e Compression allows you to specify the level of compression maximum high the default level medium or low This option is available if the format is JPEG or PDF e Resolution allows you to specify the scan resolution Standard 200 dpi High 300 dpi or Max 600 dpi e Color allows you to choose color grayscale or black and white scanning e Content type allows you to optimize the scan for a line drawing a photographic image or a mixed image e Original type allows you to specify the paper type on which the original image has been printed To optimize scan quality ensure that this setting is correct e Background removal allows you to remove unwanted background color You can specify the strength of this setting from 0 to 10 e Blueprints invert allows you to generate a scanned image with a light background It is useful when the original you intend to scan is a blueprint with a dark background This option is available only if the Original type is set to Blueprints Ex NOTE If you change the settings in this way the changed settings apply to the current job but are not saved permanently You can change most of the default settings from the main menu press o then Scan preferences 5 When you are satisfied with the scan settings press anywhere on the screen to return to the previous page then press Start 6 Once the original has been scanned you can if you like check the file size and change the automati
12. Slide the new glass into place 7 Put back the plastic tabs you removed earlier ENWW Replace the scanner s glass plate 163 8 Put back and screw in the plastic piece you removed earlier 9 Close the scanner cover and gently push it down to lock it into place 10 Reconnect the printer s power cable turn on the power switch at the rear and turn on the printer using the Power key 164 Chapter 18 Scanner maintenance ENWW Calibrate the scanner Your scanner has been calibrated at the factory and theoretically CIS scanners do not need to be recalibrated during their lifetimes Nevertheless because of environmental changes your scanner may start showing image defects that can be easily corrected by recalibrating the scanner The whole procedure takes less than 10 minutes and you are recommended to recalibrate the scanner whenever you see some undesired artifact or a lack of quality in scanned files or copies bearing in mind the limitations of CIS technology already explained in this guide If you perform calibration successfully and still have concerns about the image quality please read Troubleshooting scan quality issues on page 201 in order to detect whether you are facing a product limitation and may want to consider buying a CCD scanner To calibrate the scanner 1 Clean the scanner See Clean the scanner s glass plate on page 157 2 Go to the front panel and press el then ol then Image Quality Ma
13. cases How long does the printer wait for another file So that the printer can make the best nest possible it waits after a file has been received to check whether a subsequent page will nest with it or with pages already in the queue This waiting period is the nest wait time the factory default nest wait time is 2 minutes This means that the printer waits for up to 2 minutes after the last file is received before printing the final nest You can change this waiting time from the printer s front panel press CA then ol then Setup gt Job management gt Nest options gt Wait time The available range is 1 to 99 minutes While the printer is waiting for nesting to time out it displays the remaining time on the front panel 80 Chapter 8 Printing ENWW Use ink economically Here are Some recommendations for making economical use of ink e For draft prints use plain paper and move the print quality slider to the left end of the scale Speed For further economy select custom print quality options then select Fast and Economode e Clean the printhead only when needed Cleaning the printhead can be useful but it uses a small amount of ink e Leave the printer permanently turned on so that it can maintain the printhead in good condition automatically This regular printhead maintenance uses a small amount of ink However if it is not done the printer may need to use much more ink later to restore the health of the printhead
14. e Wide prints make more efficient use of ink than narrow prints because printhead maintenance uses some ink and its frequency is related to the number of passes made by the printhead Therefore nesting jobs can save ink as well as saving paper see Nest jobs to save roll paper on page 79 Roll protection If you choose to protect a roll jobs will be printed on it only if the job explicitly specifies the roll number or the paper type loaded on the roll This may be useful for example in the following cases To stop people from accidentally printing unimportant jobs on expensive paper To avoid printing on a particular roll when printing from AutoCAD without interacting with the HP printer driver To protect a roll go to the front panel and press CA then o l then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Roll protection E NOTE If you protect a roll then later unload the current roll and load a new one the new roll remains protected You are protecting the roll number not one specific roll of paper That roll number will remain protected until you cancel the protection O TIP If you print without specifying a roll number or paper type you will not be able to print on any protected roll Unattended printing overnight printing ENWW The printer is well suited to long unattended print jobs having multiple rolls plus robust and consistent image quality Here are some recommendations to help you deal with
15. front panel 236 log 238 F fading colors 195 features of printer 5 file erase secure 154 filesystem check 234 firewallstatus 42 firmware update 153 manualsetup 23 setup 22 front panel 8 brightness 47 job preview 104 job queue 104 language 45 units 47 front panel option adjust paper advance 185 align printhead 228 allow EWS 233 auto off 46 black point compensation 120 calibrate color 112 calibrate paper advance 185 calibration status 111 clean printhead 228 CMYK source profile 120 color grayscale 120 connectivity wizard 22 233 cutter 64 display brightness 47 drying time 64 economode 76 emulate printer 120 enable crop lines 79 formfeedandcut 64 Internet connectivity 23 language 45 maximum detail 77 merge 76 modify configuration 48 move paper 63 nestoptions 30 PANTONE emulation 120 paper mismatch action 29 paper size 72 print connectivity config 233 print diagnosticimage 197 print quality 72 printer utility software 233 printhead information 144 printing paperinfo 63 rendering intent 120 replace ink cartridges 141 replace printhead 145 reset paper advance 186 resize 75 retrieval time 64 RGB source profile 120 roll protection 81 roll switching options 29 select graphics language 48 sleep mode wait time 46 speaker volume 46 unit selection 47 unload paper 57 wait time 80 frontview 6 FTP folder configure 24 functional specifications 244 G graininess 190 graphiclanguages 245 grayshades 1
16. go to the printer s front panel and press el then ol then Setup gt Connectivity gt AirPrint connectivity gt Help Alternatively visit http www hp com go airprint ENWW Print from iOS with AirPrint 83 9 Scanning Paper types suitable for scanning The scanner does not support the full range of paper types that may be used by the printer The following paper types are supported by the scanner White paper to scan any matte original printed with inkjet technology Choose this option to scan for instance anything printed with this printer on any of these paper types HP Universal Inkjet Bond Paper HP Coated Paper HP Heavyweight Coated Paper plain paper Photo paper to scan glossy and satin originals Inkjet offset and traditional photo technologies are supported by this option Choose this option to scan for instance any photo or other image printed on any of these paper types HP Universal High Gloss Photo Paper HP Premium Instant Dry Gloss Satin Photo Paper However for some specific photo originals this option may not give completely accurate results in which case you could try White paper instead A CAUTION Photo and glossy papers may be scratched while passing through the scanner Old recycled paper to scan matte originals printed on recycled paper or very old originals the background of which is no longer white Choose this option to scan for instance anything printed on this printer using HP Recycled Bond
17. 100 ft 30 5 m 100 ft Width 594 mm 23 39 in A1 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 420 mm 16 54 in A2 594 mm 23 39 in A1 610 mm 24 in 841 mm 33 11 in AO 914 mm 36 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 420 mm 16 54 in A2 594 mm 23 39 in A1 610 mm 24 in 841 mm 33 11 in AO 914 mm 36 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in 610 mm 24 in 914 mm 36 in Part numbers Q8003A AJ Q1396A Q1397A Q1446A EJ Q1445A EJ C1860A LN C6035A AEJ Q1444A EJ C1861A LN C6036A AEJ C6810A Q1404A AEJN Q1405A AEJN Q1443A J Q1442A EJ C6019B Q1441A EJ C6020B C6980A Q1412A AEJN Q1413A C6029C AEJN C6030C Q6626A or B Q6627A or B ENWW ENWW Table 19 3 Roll paper continued Paper type HP Natural Tracing Paper HP Translucent Bond Paper HP Film Technical and Graphic HP Clear Film HP Matte Film HP Photographic Paper HP Premium Gloss Photo Paper HP Premium Satin Photo Paper HP Premium Matte Photo Paper HP Universal Gloss Photo Paper HP Universal Satin Photo Paper HP Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo Paper HP Universal Instant dry Satin Photo Paper HP Premium Instant dry Gloss Photo Paper HP Premium Instant dry Satin Photo Paper g m Length 90 45 7 m 150 ft 67 45 7 m 150 ft 174 22 9 m 75 ft 160 38 1 m 125 ft 240 15 2 m 50 ft 22 9 m 75 ft
18. 108 Chapter12 Job queue management ENWW e Printed e Canceled The job has been canceled by the printer e Canceled by user e Empty job The job does not contain anything to print Reactivate a job on hold When the printer puts a job on hold you receive an alert see Alerts on page 234 which explains why the job is on hold Follow the instructions on the screen to remove the hold and continue printing Turn off the job queue To turn off the job queue select the Setup tab then Printer settings gt Job management gt Queue and select Off ENWW The job queue in the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility 109 13 Color management e Introduction e How colors are represented e Asummary of the color management process e Color calibration e Color management from printer drivers e Color management from printer drivers PostScript printers e Color management from the Embedded Web Server e Color management from the front panel e Color management and the scanner 110 Chapter 13 Color management ENWW Introduction Your printer has been engineered with advanced hardware and software features to ensure predictable and dependable results e Color calibration for consistent colors e One gray and two black inks provide neutral grays on all paper types e The Photo Black ink provides pure blacks when printing on photo papers e Color emulation of other HP Designjet printers How colors are represented All devices that display
19. Capacitive touch sensitive front panel in color with an intuitive graphical user interface Print resolution of up to 2400 x 1200 optimized dpi from a 1200 x 1200 dpi input Scan resolution of up to 600 dpi in RGB color with 24 bits per pixel or grayscale with 8 bits per pixel or black and white with 1 bit per pixel Economode for printing economically Can be controlled from the built in front panel or from a remote computer using the Embedded Web Server or the HP Utility Includes Web connected features such as automatic firmware updates HP Designjet ePrint amp Share and HP ePrint Driverless printing using AirPrint Paper flexibility and automatic easy load see Paper handling on page 50 with information and presets accessible from the front panel Accurate and consistent color reproduction with automatic color calibration Color emulations see Printer emulation on page 113 Manual printing with the stacker open for improved handling of special jobs on photographic paper High productivity features such as job previewing and nesting using the printer s Embedded Web Server Ink and paper usage information available from the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 Access to online support The printer s main features 5 The printer s main components The following front and rear views of the printer illustrate the main components Front view 1 Scanner 2 Printhead 3 Stacker 4
20. Designjet Utility for Windows select Color Center gt Calibrate paper and choose the paper to be calibrated If the Color Center is not available try using the Print Quality Toolbox in the Support tab e From the HP Utility for Mac OS X select Paper Preset Management from the HP Color Center group choose the paper to be calibrated press the button and select Calibrate Paper From the front panel press Eel then o then Image quality maintenance gt Calibrate color The calibration process is fully automatic and can be performed unattended after you have loaded paper of the type you wish to calibrate which should be A4 or any larger size If you have more than one roll loaded the printer will ask which roll you want to use for the calibration The process takes about 3 5 minutes and consists of the following steps 1 A calibration chart is printed which contains patches of each ink used in your printer IEEE EEEn EE E E E ETET 2 The chartis allowed to dry for a period of time that depends on the paper type so that the colors have time to stabilize 3 The chartis scanned and measured 4 From the measurements the printer calculates the necessary correction factors to apply for consistent color printing on that paper type It also calculates the maximum amount of each ink that can be applied to the paper Color management from printer drivers Color management options The aim of color management i
21. ENWW The paper has jammed in the print platen 179 8 Remove the paper left in the printer 11 Restart the printer by holding down the power button for a few seconds or by turning the power switch at the rear off and then on 12 Reload the roll or load anew sheet see Paper handling on page 50 E NOTE If you find that there is still some paper causing an obstruction within the printer restart the procedure and carefully remove all pieces of paper The paper has jammed in the stacker When a paper jam is detected in the stacker printing is paused and the front panel asks you to open the stacker cover and clear the jam by pulling out the paper 180 Chapter 20 Troubleshooting paper issues ENWW When the stacker cover is closed and the printer detects no jammed paper the front panel requests confirmation to continue printing The printer reports unexpectedly that the stacker is full The printer may report that the stacker is full in the following circumstances e When there is a paper jam in the stacker e When you are using very thin or very stiff paper such as heavyweight coated paper e When you are sending small paper sizes to the stacker such as A3 portrait or A2 landscape The printer displays out of paper when paper is available If the roll has become loose from its core it will not feed correctly and the printer will not load the paper If possible tighten the paper to its core or load a new roll Prints do not f
22. Firmware update history A list of firmware versions that have been installed in the printer It is usually possible to reinstall the version immediately before the version that is currently installed if you have some problem with the current version Set remote printing preferences At the front panel press Eel then ol then Setup gt Printing preferences to define the default properties of jobs sent to your printer from remote locations ENWW Printer margins Choose between Clip from contents and Add to content Color Choose between Color Grayscale and Black and white printing Web Services manual configuration 23 e Print quality Choose between Best Normal and Fast e Roll Choose between Roll 1 Roll 2 and Save paper which automatically chooses the narrowest roll on which the print will fit e HP ePrint Center jobs Choose between On hold and Direct print By default jobs from the cloud are On hold If you choose Direct print the front panel will not ask for permission before printing Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder A scanned image may be saved in a USB flash drive in a network folder or in an FTP folder The USB flash drive option requires no preparation but the other options will not work until they have been set up in the following way Ee NOTE The printer accesses shared folders as a client using NTLMv1 based authentication If for security reasons you prefer not to expose user credentia
23. For example some software applications assume standard printable areas that are larger than those used in this printer e fyou have defined a custom page size with very narrow margins the printer may impose its own minimal margins clipping your image slightly You may want to consider using a larger paper size or borderless printing see Select margins options on page 74 e If your image contains its own margins you may be able to print it successfully by using the Clip Contents by Margins option see Select margins options on page 74 e fyou are trying to print a very long image on a roll check that your software is capable of printing an image of that size e You may have asked to rotate the page from portrait to landscape on a paper size that is not wide enough e __ If necessary reduce the size of the image or document in your software application so it fits between the margins There is another possible explanation for a clipped image Some applications such as Adobe Photoshop Adobe Illustrator and CorelDRAW use an internal 16 bit coordinate system which means that they cannot handle an image of more than 32 768 pixels Colors are fading 195 Ef NOTE An image 32 768 pixels long would print at a length of 1 39 m 54 61 in if you select Best or Quality in the driver 2 78 m 109 23 in if you select Fast Normal or Speed in the driver If you try to print an image larger than this from these applications the bottom o
24. HP Designjet ePrint amp Share or the mobile app Documents are not added to your Online Print History when you print by email without using HP Designjet ePrint amp Share Share files in your Online Print History You can share any of the files in your Online Print History with your colleagues For further information see http www hp com go eprintandshare HP Designjet ePrint amp Share security ENWW When you add new content to your Online Print History by printing only you will have access to that content but whenever you choose to share a file which you do by sharing a special link with your colleague anyone who has that link can access your file The access control mechanism is on a file by file basis meaning that if you share something with someone that person will have access only to the content of that specific shared file You can also unshare a file at any time in which case the link will no longer work and no one will be able to see the file any more Ef NOTE Anyone who has printed the file will still have it in his or her online print history HP support personnel have special account privileges to help in troubleshooting any issue you may have but they cannot download any of your files As part of the normal service operation HP performs regular backups of your data These backups are an automated process with only the software processes themselves having access to your data Share files in your Online
25. Heavyweight Coated Paper and HP Super Heavyweight Paper See Order paper on page 167 ENWW Edges of objects are stepped or not sharp 193 White spots on the print You may notice white spots on the print This is probably due to paper fibers dust or loose coating material To avoid this problem 1 2 3 Try cleaning the paper manually with a brush before printing to remove any loose fibers or particles Always keep the cover of your printer closed Protect your paper rolls and sheets by storing them in bags or boxes Colors are inaccurate If the colors of your print do not match your expectations try the following 1 Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software See View information about the paper on page 62 Also press CA then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status to check the color calibration status If the status is PENDING or OBSOLETE you should perform color calibration see Color calibration on page 111 If you have made any changes you may wish to reprint your job in case the problem has been solved Check that you are printing on the correct side of the paper Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings see Printing on page 68 If you have selected the Speed or Fast options you may not get the most accurate colors If you change the print quality settings you may wish to reprint your jo
26. ICC profiles are not used This method is somewhat less versatile than the alternatives but is a little simpler and faster and can produce good results with standard HP paper types This kind of color management is done when you are using a non PostScript driver and you specify printer color management or when you send a PCL3GUI or HP GL 2 file directly to the printer through the Embedded Web Server E NOTE There are only two color spaces that the printer can convert to its own color space using the stored color tables Adobe RGB and sRGB if you are using Windows Adobe RGB and ColorSync if you are using Mac OS X ColorSync is the Mac OS X built in Color Management System so when you select ColorSync color management is performed by Mac OS X and it is done based on the ICC profiles of the specified paper type ColorSync can be selected from the Color Matching panel You are recommended to consult the HP Support Center see HP Support Center on page 240 to see how to use the color management options of your particular application To choose between Application Managed Colors and Printer Managed Colors e Inthe Windows driver dialog select the Color tab e Inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Color Options panel e Insome applications you can make this choice in the application Printer emulation If you want to print a particular job and to see approximately the same colors that you would get from printing the same job on a d
27. Lines are blurred ENWW Humidity can cause ink to soak into the paper making the lines blurred and fuzzy Try the following 1 Check that your environmental conditions temperature humidity are suitable for high quality printing See Environmental specifications on page 246 Check that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type you are using See View information about the paper on page 62 Try changing to a heavier paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded this will persuade the printer to use less ink Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness Plain Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper If you are using photo paper try changing to a different type of photo paper Align the printhead See Align the printhead on page 228 Lines are discontinuous 189 Line lengths are inaccurate If you have measured your printed lines and find that the lengths are not sufficiently accurate for your purposes you can try to improve line length accuracy in the following ways 1 Print on HP Matte Film for which your printer s line length accuracy is specified See Functional specifications on page 244 Polyester film is about ten times more dimensionally stable than paper However using film that is thinner or thi
28. Print History 101 HP Designjet ePrint amp Share is hosted in a first class data center Physical access to these premises is strictly controlled and restricted Only employees who have a legitimate business need can access the data center All the computers hosting the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share service are protected by a multi tiered firewall all the systems are constantly monitored and intrusion detection tests are run periodically The servers on which your files are stored have additional levels of security and isolation both physical and logical even from other services hosted in the same premises HP takes security and data privacy very seriously HP will not sell rent or lease your personal information to others You retain full ownership and any intellectual property rights you may have to the files you upload to HP Designjet ePrint amp Share By providing the service HP does not obtain any special ownership or rights to these files In order for HP to be legally capable of making backups of your data and performing certain actions generate a preview etc you grant to HP the right to use the files solely for the purposes of providing the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share service Before you log off from your computer check that all pending uploads to your Online History have been submitted or cancelled Otherwise they could be uploaded by another user of the same computer For the latest information see http
29. Share icon 3 Signinto HP Designjet ePrint amp Share using your registered email address and password Sign in to HP ePrint amp Share Password OK New user 4 Press the white Email address field to enter your email address A keyboard is displayed so that you can enter the letters Press OK when you have finished then enter your password in the same way 96 Chapter11 Web connected printing ENWW 5 Select an event category by pressing its name You can select All events all Printed events all Scanned events or all Shared events History user hp com All Printed Scanned Shared 6 Select a particular event by pressing the event name The number of files associated with each event is shown on the right 7 Selecta file from the event by pressing the file name 8 The default print settings are displayed and you can change them by pressing the Settings button The number of copies can be changed by pressing the up or down arrows Print from HP Designjet ePrint amp Share HP_ePrint_ amp _5S Copies 1 gt size 100 aJ Color Color Print quality Normal Roll Save paper Rotation Automatic Settings 9 When you are ready to print press the Print button 10 After sending one file to print you can press the Add more icon to select another file Alternatively press the Sign out icon to return to the home screen or the Job queue icon to go to the job queue i Job submitted T
30. Table 29 11 Printer acoustic specifications The printer is Sound power level B A Sound pressure level dB A Sleeping lt 1 9 16 Ready 5 8 39 2 Printing 6 5 46 9 246 Chapter 29 Printer specifications ENWW Glossary AirPrint A technology used by iPod iPhone iPad and optionally Mac OS X 10 7 onwards which allows immediate printing to a printer in the same network without the need for a printer specific driver AppleTalk A suite of protocols that Apple Computer developed in 1984 for computer networking Apple now recommends TCP IP and Bonjour networking instead HP Designjet printers no longer support AppleTalk Bonjour Apple Computer s trade name for its implementation of the IETF Zeroconf specification framework a computer network technology used in Apple s Mac OS X from version 10 2 onwards It is used to discover services available on a local area network It was originally known as Rendezvous Color accuracy The ability to print colors that match the original image as closely as possible bearing in mind that all devices have a limited color gamut and may not be physically capable of matching certain colors precisely Color consistency The ability to print the same colors from a particular print job from print to print and from printer to printer Color model A system of representing colors by numbers such as RGB or CMYK Color space A color model in which each color is represented by a specific set of numbe
31. a long queue of printing jobs Empty the stacker If feasible use brand new long rolls of paper If you want to print on partly used rolls you can check the paper type and the remaining length in the Embedded Web Server or in the front panel to confirm that you have enough paper to print all your jobs Ex NOTE Information on the remaining length is available only if you told the printer the length of the roll when you loaded it or if the printer read the length of the roll from the barcode printed on it Load two rolls of paper suitable for your jobs If the printer finishes one roll it will automatically switch to the other Check that you have paper wide enough to print all of your jobs Any jobs that are too wide may be put on hold for paper if the paper mismatch action is set to Put job on hold see Paper mismatch action on page 29 Advanced print settings 81 Check the ink levels remaining in your ink cartridges When you have submitted your print jobs you can use the Embedded Web Server from a remote location to monitor their status Drying time should be set to Optimal Press Eel then ol then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Roll switching options gt Minimize roll changes or Use roll with less paper We recommend the following settings depending on the paper type and what kind of prints you are making Table 8 1 Recommended settings for unattended printing Print type Print
32. account ID requiring 33 accounting 137 accounting databyemail 138 acoustic specifications 246 Acrobat print from 122 alerts errors 234 turnonandoff 31 warnings 234 auto off 46 AutoCAD print from 124 B banding problems 184 basket 62 output problems 181 black and white 115 black point compensation 119 blurred lines 189 brightness infront panel 47 C calibration color 111 scanner 165 cannot load paper 173 clean the printer 152 clipped at bottom 195 clippedimage 195 color adjustment options 114 advantages 111 calibration 111 CMYK 111 emulation 117 fading 195 inaccurate 194 printer emulation 113 profile 111 RGB 111 color management fromdrivers 112 fromEWS 118 from front panel 119 from PS drivers 116 options 112 process 111 scanner 120 communication ports 7 components of printer 6 computer communication printer computer communications issues 232 configure 47 connect the printer general 16 Mac OS X network 18 Windows network 17 croplines 78 Customer Care 240 Customer Self Repair 241 cutter on off 64 D DHCP settings 39 disk wipe 155 DNS settings 40 draft printing 76 driver preferences 34 drying time change 64 E e mail notifications 31 economize onink 81 Onpaper 79 email printing 92 Embedded Web Server access 45 cannot access 233 job preview 106 job queue 106 language 46 usage perjob 137 usage Statistics 137 environmental specifications 246 erase files securely 154 error messages
33. alert you to conditions that could ruin the print such as clipping even if the printer is able to print e Warnings Alert you when the printer needs attention either for an adjustment such as a calibration or for a possible unprintable situation such as a preventive maintenance or low ink There are various ways in which you can receive alerts e Front panel display The front panel shows only the most relevant alert at a time In the case of a warning it disappears after a timeout There are permanent alerts such as ink cartridge low on ink that reappear when the printer becomes idle and there is not another more severe alert O TIP From the front panel display you can configure paper mismatch alerts see Paper suitability options on page 29 e Embedded Web Server The upper right corner of the Embedded Web Server window shows the printer Status If there is an alert in the printer the status shows the alert text e HP Designjet Utility for Windows Select Alert settings from the HP Designjet Utility taskbar icon to control the kinds of alerts that will be displayed by default e HP Printer Monitor for Mac OS X The HP Printer Monitor shows you alerts directly in the Dock if you installed the HP Utility If you have not done so already please read Turn alerts on and off on page 31 By default alerts are displayed only when you are printing If alerts are enabled and there is a problem that prevents a job from completing
34. and try turning on the Maximum detail option if available You may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved If the resolution of your image is greater than the printing resolution you may notice a loss of line quality If you are using the PCL3GUI or the HP GL 2 driver for Windows you can find the Max Application Resolution option in the driver dialog s Advanced tab under Document Options gt Printer Features If you change this option you may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved When printing on uncoated paper in Fast mode try loading the paper as Bright Bond Lines are too thick too thin or missing 187 5 Ifthe problem remains go to the front panel and press rel then o l then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status to see the printhead alignment status If the status is PENDING you should align the printhead See Align the printhead on page 228 After alignment you may wish to reprint your job in case the problem has been solved 6 Go to the front panel and press Fel then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status to see the paper advance calibration status If the status is DEFAULT you should perform paper advance calibration see Recalibrate the paper advance on page 184 7 If lines are too thin or missing print the Image Diagnostics Print See The Image Diagnostics Print on page 196 If the problem persists despit
35. cee onceatwosuedeesensenedicaseaewauaceneceiee 225 Save the diagnostic plot for future USE 0 ett teceeeeeseeessssesesscesssscsecssecssseesesesssesssesssessessseseeseeecsseseseseeess 225 25 Troubleshooting ink Cartridge and printhead issues ccccccccscccccccccccccccccscscscccsccccccscccccccccccccccccscccccccccces 226 Cannot insert an ink cartridge 10x spscconcndsesaisapesanencanmnn panceuscsiccuesdansausacexarconuceasensusconsucbecaeaasnanseusinesnieurseg maninaas 221 Ink cartridge status messages cccccccccssssccssssssssscsccsseseeeeccceceececccsssssseseseeeeeeesceeeeeeceesacscceseseseeeeseeeeeseeeeesseees 221 Cannot insert CME printhead oidscssacesseucusesvacsenessesucbasneranswdeasnavanawnedonousewsnedewandsceneoenedensunassagbarentebeateouicevsiaeveusecsnecs 221 The front panel display recommends reseating or replacing the printhead 0c cccsscestteeeeeeteesseeeees 221 Clean the DUE CAG ssisesisieisuninisin as enni Ea ES aa TAES Eria ieaS 228 Align the printhead sscorenesinoeriarers ireren REESEN ESEA EEES RANEREN REES A 228 Printhead status messages vacasricrsecacscz ciewonscieaycnpnensycoucimupeessanecansesees caneeurneounanseeaomsconmeetrenueeenmcaiyecomeapanmonomeanvere 229 26 Troubleshooting general printer issues cccccccccccccccccccscscccccscscccccsceccceccscccccccccccccccccccccccscccccscscscsceccceces 230 The printer will not start 00000000000000000000000000000000rsssssseoeecssssssescorse
36. colors in your image to shades of gray in the following ways In your application program many programs provide this option In the Windows driver dialog go to the Color tab and look at the Color Options section Select Print in Grayscale You can also select Print in pure black and white if you want only black and white without gray shades In the Mac OS X Print dialog go to the Color Options panel and select Grayscale from the Mode drop down list You can also select Pure Black and White if you want only black and white without gray shades On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Color then set Color Grayscale to Print In Grayscale You can also select Pure Black and White if you want only black and white without gray shades You can adjust the gray balance of your print under Windows In the Windows driver dialog select the Color tab ensure that the Advanced color adjustments box is checked then press the Settings button beside it You will then be able to make adjustments using separate controls for highlights midtones and shadows ENWW Color management from printer drivers 115 Advanced Lightness and Gray Balance Adjustments Lightness Preview Before Gray Balance Zone Definitions Highlight 25 0 100 After Midtone 50 0 100 Shadow sie 0 100 Highlight Midtone Shadow X 0 0 Y 0 0 V Apply midtone adjustments to all OK Reset Cancel e The lightness slider si
37. corresponds to the paper type of your original white photo recycled or translucent If you are not sure select photo If the problem persists recalibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 Make sure you clean the maintenance sheet before calibrating the scanner and check that the maintenance sheet is not damaged if so call HP support and ask for a new maintenance sheet Re scan your original after the calibration is completed If the problem persists analyze patterns 16 A to E of the diagnostic plot If you can distinguish lightness steps beyond the upper and lower specified thresholds then the scanner is fine Here you can see some examples of correct and incorrect functioning If your scanned pattern looks like the incorrect one on the right whether the clipping is in dark and or light areas call HP support and report Clipping in dark light areas Clipping in dark or light areas 209 Flare in the image when scanning glossy originals If the scanner is miscalibrated or if the original plot you are trying to scan is very glossy or reflective you can sometimes find flare in the scanned image as in the following example original on the left scanned image on the right Image www convincingblack com reproduced with permission Actions 1 Clean the original and the scanner s glass plate then scan again 2 Ifthe problem persists recalibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner mai
38. drive If the printer driver is already installed the HP Printer Setup Assistant can be run at any time from the DVD Uninstall the printer software Mac OS X 1 Insert the HP Start up Kit DVD into your DVD drive 2 Open the DVD icon on your desktop 3 Open the Mac OS X HP Designjet Uninstaller and follow the instructions on your screen to uninstall the printer software To delete the print queue select the Print amp Fax dialog from the system preferences Select the name of the printer and click the button 20 Chapter2 Installing the software ENWW 3 ENWW Setting up the printer 8 Introduction e Set up your Web connected printer e Web Services manual configuration e Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder e Paper suitability options e Turn nesting on and off e Turn usage information on and off e Turn e mail notifications on and off e Turn alerts on and off e Control access to the printer e Require account ID e Set Windows driver preferences 21 Introduction This chapter describes various printer settings that the printer administrator may wish to control as soon as a new printer is assembled and ready for use Set up your Web connected printer Your printer can connect to the Internet to benefit from various Web Services see also Web Services on page 11 e Automatic firmware updates e Use HP Designjet ePrint amp Share from the front panel e Use HP ePrint to p
39. email ccccccssssseccccesssssseccecsssssseeeccesessnseeecccesssssneeesecesesssaneeeeeceseesssnaeeeeeeees 138 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead cccccccccsccscscscccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccscccccccccccccccccsccces 140 About the ink cartridges 0000eeeeeeeeeennoennesssesesseseeeeeseeeecerssssssssssssssssseseeeeressssssesssssssseseeocerrsssssssssesseeeeeeeressssssss 141 Check the ink cartridges status lt jsausetencosnssueseuatunas oenecoasebnnandeiessuaessush user auinn ovuboadanedapaces aun ulexaiaetaubesomvassoaneeseoianiabes 141 Remove an ink cartridge i ciccociss over eciesina so batters ares eaciercsnte ov ni eos percardn uasredie dapsovue denies outoag anions wales ena anand sclosesereaaneeanesndees 141 Insert an ink cartridge cacssiccsssanssiisdenicesessnsusennaapdasnsensneenvassenesveveniisunseessusbensduenuiaveveasesssessunnsaucuuaeeatsaveriaierssesonnans 142 Diet TINO a c E E T E TA E A E 144 ADOU the Da UC A d osese Oa E aO E Ea EiS 144 Check the printhead status iosiccesicesicswssosatssnncicsnseedsacesamnnedsiougosstavsaiedeoeneueueertaedbecmebesataunencemeneedsucsabsecwastsennseosaeneoas 144 Remove the printhead seroren A R N 145 Mserttheprintheald sisian e aV EE e aA RENGEN 148 Storage of anonymous usage information cccccsscscceececcccccccececccccecscsssssesesseesesesessesssesssessceseescessesseseesess 150 17 PRINTER MGINTONANCE kara rane 151 ME KOAM SUS scccnnciesc
40. ereraa E E E 84 Do COD I E A 88 DE L E AE A EE E EEE N E A N ON A A N A O EESE A E 90 HDA TAG EVO e a A E A 91 Enable Cloud printing for your printer cccccccccssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscsssscesssssessscsccccssceececscesssessseeees 91 Print through the Cloud with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share csscsssesessseececceeececcceecececeseeeeeceeeeeesacsessseees 91 PUY CMa esine A E E E E 92 Print from a smartphone or tablet oo ec ccececcccccccccccccccccscccsccsccssssssssssssscssscccsccesceseccsceeececceceeeaseeeseaseesassaees 92 View and print from the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share website sssssssssssssssssssssssssescscccceeesceseeeeseeeens 94 Print from HP Designjet ePrint amp Share using the printer s front panel cc cssessssssssssssssssscscseeseeeeeeees 95 Scan to an email address ac seeecs cate sdemusrcanosenesnseseneteauentonsenteeieusecssepeussonsusungessucdsunsdocotennansoetnouddatasetconnmaraesenmnsen 97 View and print from other content repositories 000000000000000000000000000eee00eoeeocrrecresssssssssssssssssssssecsseressssssssssese 100 Create your Online Print History sicdeieceacoescacesswasesssnbassuaesvesdussbadonsvendadedesesetuacendodebacdedaeaselddeunaseseenacsdcdadsuveetsnaisods 100 Share files in your Online Print History 00 ccc ccccccccecccececccccecccecscsscscsscsssssssscssscsssecescececcececeecceesceeeenseseesaes 101 HP Designjet ePrint a
41. examples shown below if the printer s printheads are not working correctly Replacing the printhead for the color showing the streaks may solve the problem Grain Looking at patterns 1 2 and 3 you may find problems in the printer s paper advance or the printheads that cause visible grain in area fills The following examples show this defect original on the left printed image on the right Scan or copy the diagnostic plot There are two options for evaluating the diagnostic plot scanning into a JPEG file or copying onto paper We recommend using the scan option so that the generated file can be analyzed more easily by a remote support engineer if necessary If you decide to scan the plot first adjust your computer s monitor as described in Monitor calibration on page 225 Once you have scanned the diagnostic plot please remember to open the scanned file in any image viewer software and select a zoom of 100 for correct visual evaluation of patterns If you decide to copy make sure that a paper roll at least 36 in 914 mm wide is loaded in the printer Ideally the same type of paper used to print the diagnostic plot should be used for copying it These are the settings that you should select Scan e Quality Max e File type JPG 224 Chapter 24 The scanner diagnostic plot ENWW Copy e Content type Image e Compression medium e Paper type photo or matte according to the paper used to print the diagnos
42. job with manual mode selected the job is put on hold and other jobs can continue printing until you select it for printing from the front panel the front panel can guide you through this process and open the stacker cover Print amp Copy jobs Scan jobs HPSC0025 tit HPSCNO080 HPSCNOO11 HPSC0335 pdf HPSCN0018 If you put the printer into manual mode from the front panel all jobs in the queue are put on hold for manual mode and you can print them from the queue When you exit manual mode any jobs still in the queue return to their previous status E NOTE When opening the stacker to enter manual mode lock the stacker cover into the open position 60 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW In manual mode e Youcan print only one page at a time You must start each page manually from the front panel e You print with the stacker cover open and stand in front of the printer to check the print as it emerges e With the stacker cover open you have a better view of the print as it emerges but the stacker cannot guarantee that the print will follow the correct paper path so you must watch over it to prevent possible damage e You cannot scan or copy because the stacker cover is blocking the scanner e Ifthe printer is left idle and in manual mode for more than 15 minutes manual mode is cancelled and you are advised to close the stacker e Youcan exit manual mode from the front panel or by closing the stacker Manual m
43. m Plot Ctri P Prints a drawing to a plotter printer or file PLOT 124 Chapter14 Practical printing examples ENWW ENWW 3 4 The Plot window opens You can see further options by pressing the circular button in the lower right corner of the window Vv sper E fm units F Scale lineweights S HF DesgnetTSOOWPGLZ Pre m 216 MM Display HP Designjet T920 HPGL2 Ea Media i O Source and Size lt Size Carta portrait gt i B J Media Destination lt Default gt l c User defined Paper Sizes amp Calibration i Custom Paper Sizes Modify Standard Paper Sizes Printable Area i Filter Paper Sizes E gt Plotter Calibration i PMP File Name lt None gt ats Pa Print from Autodesk AutoCAD 125 6 Inthe Paper Quality tab select the paper type that you intend to use and the print quality your own choice between high speed and high quality gan HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quality Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets Factory defaults Paper Options Document size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Letter X Margins Layout Custom d Currently loaded paper Roll 1 HP Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo Paper 36 00 inches Roll 2 Plain paper 24 00 inches Single sheet Not loaded Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Show preview before printing Print Qua
44. misaligned colors 188 models printer 4 monitor calibrate 225 more passes 77 move the printer 152 multiroll printer 66 N nesting 79 turnonandoff 30 network configuration 35 network folder cannotaccess 200 configure 24 use 84 Network settings 47 network troubleshooting 37 networks link speed 42 protocols 39 security settings 41 0 on hold for paper enable disable 176 message 1 75 order accessories 1 0 ink cartridges 167 paper 167 printhead 167 overlapping lines 75 overnight printing 81 p page size 72 PANTONE emulation 116 paper advance 64 calibrate the paper advance 184 cannotload 173 displaying information 63 download presets 62 economical use of 79 feedandcut 64 incorrect out of paper 181 jaminplaten 176 jaminstacker 180 loading error messages 173 maintenance 63 movement 63 not cut well 181 notflat 191 output problems in basket 181 paper notin list 174 presets 62 print on loaded paper 74 175 printed on wrong paper 175 retained by printer 181 rollloose onspindle 181 select type 74 size 72 sizes max and min 244 stacker unexpectedly full 181 usage 137 view information 62 paper mismatch action 29 paper notin list 174 paper suitability 29 paper types 167 PDF clipped 196 PDF missing objects 196 Photoshop print from 127 physical specifications 245 ports 7 PostScript upgrade 170 power on off 12 power specifications 246 preferences Windows driver 34 previewa print 76 print by emai
45. o then Connectivity gt Network connectivity gt Gigabit Ethernet gt Modify configuration From here it is possible though not normally necessary to change the settings manually this can also be done remotely using the Embedded Web Server O TIP You may find it helpful to print out the full printer network configuration on paper This can be done from the front panel press fel then o then Internal prints gt Service information prints gt Print connectivity configuration If you do not print out the full network configuration consider making a note of the printer s IP address and network name If you accidentally misconfigure the printer s network settings you can restore the network settings to their factory values from the front panel press Fel then ol then Connectivity gt Network connectivity gt Advanced gt Restore factory settings Then you must restart the printer This automatically provides a working network configuration for most networks The printer s other settings remain unchanged Using IPv6 Your printer supports almost all network connectivity features using IPv6 just as it does using IPv4 To make full use of IPv6 you may need to connect your printer to an IPv6 network in which there are IPv6 routers and servers In most IPv6 networks the printer will configure itself automatically as follows and no user configuration is necessary 1 The printer assigns itself a link local IPv6 address which
46. on page 153 75 11 10 Preventive maintenance 1 is recommended See Contact HP Support on page 242 75 21 10 Preventive maintenance 2 is recommended See Contact HP Support on page 242 76 03 The printer s hard disk is full You may want to use Disk Wipe to free some space see Disk Wipe on page 155 78 08 Borderless printing not possible setting ignored Ensure that the loaded paper supports borderless printing 79 03 79 04 Update the printer s firmware See Update the firmware on page 153 81 01 Open the scanner and make sure that there are no obstacles restricting the movement of the drive roller If the paper has jammed clear the obstruction by following the instructions in the front panel 86 01 Open the scanner and make sure that there are no obstacles restricting the movement of the printhead s carriage If the paper has jammed clear the obstruction by following the instructions in the front panel 94 94 1 Restart color calibration See Color calibration on page 111 The system error log The printer saves a log of system errors that you can access in the following ways Using a USB flash drive 1 Create an empty file named pdipu_enable log in a USB flash drive 2 Insert the USB flash drive into the Hi Speed USB host port in the front panel The log will be automatically copied into the drive Using the Embedded Web Server 1 In your Web browser go to http printer IP address hp device webAccess log html 2 Th
47. only characters that appear on the front panel s on screen keyboard If you set a new password with the Embedded Web Server it will reject characters that do not appear in that limited character set Embedded Web Server security settings From the Embedded Web Server you can select the Security tab to control access to the printer in various ways e Specify separate administrator and guest passwords to control access to the Embedded Web Server e Securely erase some or all files on the hard disk e Enable or disable various groups of front panel operations e Use the same security settings that are available in the front panel see above Ef NOTE An administrator password may be required Ex NOTE For more information see the Embedded Web Server s online help Disable your HP ePrint Center connection You can disable the connection to the HP ePrint Center if required for security At the front panel press Eel then o then Connectivity gt HP ePrint Center connectivity gt HP ePrint Center connectivity and select Disable Disable just puts the remote printing function on hold If you want to resume using it you just need to re enable it in the same menu No more setup steps are required at the HP ePrint Center website or in HP Designjet ePrint amp Share If you want to disable remote printing permanently select Disable permanently which erases your printer from your HP ePrint Center account To use remote printing again you wil
48. other object This is particularly noticeable on coated paper Photo paper may be extremely sensitive to the basket or to anything else that it contacts soon after printing depending on the amount of ink used and the environmental conditions at the time of printing To reduce the risk of scuffs and scratches e Handle prints carefully e Catch your prints as they are cut from the roll and do not let them fall into the basket Alternatively leave a sheet of paper in the basket so that freshly printed sheets do not make direct contact with the basket Ink marks on the paper This problem can occur for several different reasons Horizontal smears on the front of the paper ENWW When a lot of ink is used on a paper based material the paper absorbs the ink quickly and expands If the paper is stiff and curled near the end of the roll the leading edge of the paper may rise slightly in the print area As the printhead moves over the paper it may come into contact with the paper and smear the printed image The paper is not flat 191 Whenever you notice this problem cancel the printing job immediately Press x on the front panel and also cancel the job from your computer application Soaked paper can damage the printhead Try the following suggestions to avoid this problem 1 Increase the margins by relocating the image to the center of the page either with your software or with the front panel s Move Paper option see Move
49. out normal printer procedures and include the following topics e Installing the software on page 15 e Setting up the printer on page 21 e Network configuration on page 35 e Personalizing the printer on page 44 e Paper handling on page 50 e Working with two rolls on page 66 e Printing on page 68 e Web connected printing on page 90 e Job queue management on page 103 e Color management on page 110 e Practical printing examples on page 121 e Retrieving printer usage information on page 136 e Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Printer maintenance on page 151 Troubleshooting These chapters help you solve problems that may occur while printing and include the following topics e Troubleshooting paper issues on page 172 e Troubleshooting print quality issues on page 182 e Troubleshooting ink cartridge and printhead issues on page 226 e Troubleshooting general printer issues on page 230 Front panel error messages on page 236 ENWW HP Start Up Kit 3 4 Accessories support and specifications These chapters Supplies and accessories on page 166 HP Customer Care on page 239 and Printer specifications on page 243 contain reference information including customer care the printer specifications and part numbers for paper types ink supplies and accessories Glossary The Glossary on page 247 contains definitions of printing and HP terms used in this documentation Index In addition to the table of contents there i
50. page 37 for link configuration and troubleshooting information See the HP Jetdirect Print Servers Administrator s Guide for your print server model to interpret and troubleshoot other messages Preconfigure network settings if required If your network requires that you configure network settings before you add the printer to your network systems you Can do so now However in most cases you can skip this section Instead you can proceed directly to the next section to install the printer on your network computer systems The network installation software will allow you to configure basic network settings and add the printer to your system configuration Tools for preconfiguration The following tools can be used to preconfigure your network settings e The front panel e The Embedded Web Server e You can use an advanced configuration method such as BootP DHCP Telnet or the arp and ping commands For instructions see the HP Jetdirect Print Servers Administrator s Guide for your print server model After the printer is configured with network settings the configuration values are saved and maintained even after it is turned off and on again 36 Chapter4 Network configuration ENWW Add the printer to your network system When the printer is configured for proper operation on your network you can then add the printer on each computer that will send print jobs directly to it To add the printer to your system configuration you
51. printer security for remote printing Congratulations you now have completed Web Services setup HP ePrint and HP Designjet ePrint amp Share are ready to use For the latest information support and terms of use of the HP ePrint Center and HP Designjet ePrint amp Share see their respective websites http www hp com go eprintcenter and http www hp com go eprintandshare Web Services manual configuration The Connectivity Wizard see Set up your Web connected printer on page 22 is normally sufficient for Web Services configuration but there are also facilities for manual configuration if you wish to use them Configure the printer s Internet connection You can configure the printer s Internet connection from the Embedded Web Server or from the front panel 22 Chapter 3 Setting up the printer ENWW Ee NOTE If an administrator password has been set it will be required to change these settings Thus the administrator can prevent the printer from being connected to the Internet if desired In the Embedded Web Server select Setup gt Internet connection Using the front panel press CA then o l then Connectivity gt Internet connectivity The following settings are available Internet connection The default value is Yes Proxy gt Enable proxy Enable or disable a proxy server Proxy gt Proxy address Enter the proxy address empty by default Proxy gt Proxy port Enter the proxy port number zero by defa
52. quality slider to the extreme right Quality e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog go to the Paper Quality panel and move the print quality slider to the extreme right Quality e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Basic settings gt Print quality gt Standard options gt Quality Using the front panel press el then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Print quality gt Quality level gt Best E NOTE If the print quality is set from your computer it overrides the print quality setting in the front panel O TIP For the highest quality printing on photo paper see Manual printing with the stacker open on page 60 If you have a high resolution image If your image has a resolution greater than the rendering resolution which you can see in the Custom Print Quality Options box under Windows print sharpness may be improved by selecting the Maximum Detail option This option is available only if you are printing on photo paper and you have selected Best print quality e inthe driver dialog Mac OS X Print dialog select Custom instead of Standard print quality options then check the Maximum Detail box e Onthe Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Basic settings gt Print quality gt Custom Set Quality level to Best and Maximum detail to On Using the front panel press CA then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Print quality gt Maximum detail Ex NOTE The
53. set the merge option from your software in some applications Settings in your software override the front panel settings Preview a print Previewing a print on the screen allows you to check the layout of the print before printing which may help you to avoid wasting paper and ink on a bad print e To preview a print under Windows you have the following options o Use your application s print preview option o Check the Show preview before printing option which you can find in the driver s Paper Quality tab and Layout Output tab The preview may be provided in different ways depending on your printer and printer driver e To preview a print under Mac OS X you have the following options o Use your application s print preview option o Open the PDF menu at the bottom left of your application s Printing panel Select the HP Print Preview option which opens the HP Print Preview application to display the final appearance of your printed image Printing features such as the ability to change paper size paper type and print quality or rotate the image can be changed on the fly e To preview a print using the Embedded Web Server select Basic settings gt Hold for preview Print a draft You can specify fast draft quality printing in the following ways In the Windows driver dialog go to the Paper Quality tab and look at the Print Quality section Move the print quality slider to the extreme left Speed In the Mac OS X Pri
54. spreadsheet Analysis of the accounting data will enable you to bill customers precisely and flexibly for the use of your printer You can for instance e Bill each customer for the total amount of ink and paper used by that customer over a particular period e Bill each customer separately per job e Bill each customer separately for each project broken down by job Ef NOTE In some circumstances Excel may lose or misplace the decimal point in a number for instance the number 5 1806 may be misunderstood as 51806 and displayed as 51 806 This is an Excel problem that cannot be solved by HP ENWW Request accounting data by email 139 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead e About the ink cartridges e Check the ink cartridges status e Remove an ink cartridge e Insert an ink cartridge e Safe mode e About the printhead e Check the printhead status e Remove the printhead e Insert the printhead amp Storage of anonymous usage information 140 Chapter 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead ENWW About the ink cartridges Ink cartridges store the ink and are connected to the printhead which distributes the ink on the paper To purchase additional cartridges see Supplies and accessories on page 166 AN CAUTION Observe precautions when handling ink cartridges because they are ESD sensitive devices see the Glossary on page 247 Avoid touching pins leads and circuitry Check the ink cartridges status To view t
55. ssvscsessaseverecssicusacvnsddvescsesddenseeenssevessveosenuseusdevenssvvassunadesedbnnedesnsessoeusnasusesenssoenseusnss 188 Lines print double or in the wrong colors eeeeeeeneeennsossssssesesssssssssssssssseeeseeeseeeeeseerrssrrsssssssssssseseeesseseeeeeeeeeerse 188 Limes are discontinigUS sskrec enerne N EE ERE EE E E EERE ER EN EERTE 189 HNES are DITE reana E A 189 Line lengths are inaccurate lt a ccsccssscossenssonevevevvervesesnevesoursevevsouseavdesuvssimnevewaseemausensoaauesecdeueunsauedensveansedeeusisweasbunss 190 The whole image is blurry OF grainy eeo0eee0eeee0000000000000rererrnssssssssssssssussssssesssssseseeeeeeoeeeereeeereserssssesssssessssss 190 The paper is not Nalare EN 191 The print is scuffed or scratched siccuiscccians senvasosvesowssasu2sansiarneisarvanevsebarsoanceaiootadantinsos dos ceupbechensasaboatuseauseonsdeannesanies 191 Mkmarksonthe papet os snacsaceesnouacssmacessucusmanconstiseseunsssuesecaeupeaetvatestionesiansleseuctnaneendslnnedesmuseasienosdtnacsinedeasauacssncenuendeenin 191 Black ink comes off when you touch the print 00000000000000000000000000000s00ee0seeeeseeeoeeseeeeocsecsseccreeeeresereessssssssssssssse 192 Edges of objects are stepped Or not sharp cccccsssssssssssssssssccccccceecessssssssssssecsscssssssccssssacceecesceceeceeeeeessess 193 Edges of objects are darker than expected o ccccccesessessssssesceessecscssssssssssssssssssseececececscscceceeseeceseesee
56. support and report a vertical black band 20 cm wide The scanner damages some originals HP is aware that this scanner may cause vertical scratches on inkjet originals on thick glossy paper Very thin tracing paper or old originals may also be damaged This is because CIS technology requires the original to be held down with high pressure to obtain accurate results and avoid blurring and defocus problems If the original you intend to scan is valuable and if it belongs to one of the types described above inkjet printed thick glossy original or old thin tracing paper original HP recommends using a CCD scanner such as the HP Designjet T1200 HD MFP Completely wrong colors If some of the LEDs used for illumination in the CIS modules are failing or the last calibration did not work correctly although no error message was given on the front panel you may experience some completely wrong colors in your scanned images as in the example below original on the left scanned image on the right 1 Open the lid of the scanner and check that the five CIS modules show blinking red green and blue lights alternately If some module is failing call HP support and report a CIS module illumination error 2 If all the modules lit up correctly in the previous step restart the scanner by turning it off and on again If you find an error message on the front panel during this operation call HP support and report the error message
57. tec cccceceseeeeseeseessssescsssscssssssesssesseeeees 181 Prints do not fall neatly into the basket uuu eee ccsssssssssssssssseecececccccceesesssssssesececsscssececcccccseacceeeaeeeseesessseees 181 The print remains in the printer after printing has completed eccseseeceseseesssssssesssesesssessesesssssseeees 181 The cutter does not CUE well cuss cspsuunenndecsndeendevansosiendlednadunenseadnnoanovedeuoeuinicssanoanouteteuceaneul en weanovesauvgasanttaedeateotmeeniuenss 181 The roll is loose ON the spindle oo cece cccceessseeseeccceccceccsscscececccceccecssscseccsseecacsecsseecsceececacsssceesssseeeeaesess 181 21 Troubleshooting print quallity issues cccccccccccccccccscccscscccsceccccccccccccccccccccccccsceccccccccccccccccscccccccccscscccecs 182 RS TS FM LA Carson creases cc steers noasnee ea ere OES 184 Print quality troubleshooting wizard secccseccssssssssssscsesecscesesceeceececcceseceeseeceecececeeescsssccssssssssssssseeseseeceess 184 Recalibrate the paper advance occ ncccssicsscasieccssnccsnuadecovasssosdocsnnasessnseososeosssssdensundseosdeudesusdsucsadoseansvesssndosbasenceiseias 184 Horizontal lines across the image banding cccscesccsessssssssesesseesecsseesssseecssscesscseeesesseesceseesseseesscseeeses 186 Lines are too thick too thin or MISSING cccccccccccescccccceccceeeccescceeccceecccssscssssssssssscscssssecsescesesecceeseseeeeeeeeeeees 187 Lines appear stepped or jagged
58. the Support group e From the Embedded Web Server Go to the Support tab then select Print quality troubleshooting From the front panel Press Eel then o then Image quality maintenance Alternatively or if you have other print quality problems you can continue reading this chapter Recalibrate the paper advance Accurate paper advance is important to image quality because it is part of controlling the proper placement of dots on the paper If the paper is not advanced the proper distance between printhead passes light or dark bands appear in the print and image grain may increase The printer is calibrated to advance correctly with all the papers appearing in the front panel When you select the type of loaded paper the printer adjusts the rate at which to advance the paper while printing However if you are not satisfied with the default calibration of your paper you may need to recalibrate the 184 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW rate at which the paper advances See Troubleshooting print quality issues on page 182 for steps to determine if paper advance calibration will solve your issue You can check the paper advance calibration status of the currently loaded paper at any time from the front panel Press T then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status The status may be one of the following e DEFAULT This status appears when loading any paper that has not been calibrated HP papers
59. the paper on page 62 At the same time check that the paper type has been calibrated Also make sure that the paper type selected in your software is the same as the paper type loaded into the printer A CAUTION If you have the wrong paper type selected you could experience poor print quality and incorrect colors and perhaps even damage to the printhead e Check that you are using the most appropriate print quality settings for your purposes see Printing on page 68 You are likely to see lower print quality if you have moved the print quality slider to the Speed end of the scale or set the custom quality level to Fast e Check that your environmental conditions temperature humidity are in the recommended range See Environmental specifications on page 246 e Check that your ink cartridges and printhead have not passed their expiration dates see Maintain the ink cartridges on page 152 For the latest information please visit http www hp com go T2500 support Print quality troubleshooting wizard The print quality troubleshooting wizard can help with the following problems e Horizontal lines across the image banding e The whole image is blurry or grainy e Lines are too thick too thin or missing e Colors are inaccurate To start the wizard e From the HP Designjet Utility for Windows Go to the Support tab and select Print Quality Toolbox e From the HP Utility for Mac OS X Select Print quality troubleshooting in
60. the printer driver The default options in the Paper Quality tab are probably suitable Paper source Use printer settings and Paper Type Use printer settings HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quality Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets Factory defaults Zi Paper Options Document size 8 50 x 11 00 inches bd Letter _ Margins Layout Prin 8 00i a Currently loaded ted on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Roll 1 HP Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo Paper Show preview before printing 36 00 inches Roll 2 Plain paper 24 00 inches Single sheet Not loaded Print Quality Standard options U Speed Quality Settings Custom options Rendering resolution ppi 600 Printing resolution dpi Automatic 132 Chapter 14 Practical printing examples ENWW 5 Select Layout Output gt Fit to to scale the document to a particular size Alternatively you can scale the document in Project Quick sets ren defa Resizing Options Actual size Fit to o Tabloid Paper size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Legal Arch A Orie Arch B Roll Options Arch C Arch D Disable automatic cutter ArcheE Arch E1 Remove blank areas Arch E2 Out Arch E3 Cor iS E Crop lines a Remove margins between pages Rotate by 90 degrees Autorotate
61. then o then Setup gt Job management gt Nest options gt Enable crop lines gt On Use paper economically Here are some recommendations for making economical use of paper e fyou are printing relatively small images or document pages you can use nesting to print them side by side instead of one after another See Nest jobs to save roll paper on page 79 e You may be able to save some roll paper by using the following options o In the Windows driver dialog select the Layout Output tab and then Remove blank areas and or Rotate by 90 degrees or Autorotate o In the Mac OS X Print dialog non PostScript printers select the Finishing panel then Remove Blank Areas o In the Mac OS X PostScript Print dialog PostScript printers select the Finishing panel then Remove Blank Areas and or Rotate by 90 degrees o On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Advanced settings gt Roll options gt Remove top bottom blank areas and or Rotate e Ifyou check the print preview on your computer before printing you can sometimes avoid wasting paper on prints containing obvious mistakes See Preview a print on page 76 Nest jobs to save roll paper Nesting means automatically printing images or document pages side by side on the paper rather than one after the other This is done to avoid wasting paper 1 Direction of paper flow 2 Nesting off ENWW Advanced print settings 79 3 4 Nesting on Paper saved b
62. to your network on page 16 Now you can proceed to install the printer software and connect to your printer Printer software installation ENWW 1 Make a note of the printer s IP address from the front panel see Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 2 Insert the HP Start up Kit DVD into your computer If the DVD does not start automatically run the setup exe program in the root folder of the DVD 3 Navigate to the Software Installation button and press it 4 Press the Install Software button and choose your printer from the list of networked printers that appears identifying it by its IP address if necessary If your computer fails to find any printers on the network the Printer Not Found window is displayed which helps you to try to find your printer If you have a firewall in operation you may have to disable it temporarily in order to find the printer You also have the options of searching for the printer by its hostname IP address or MAC address In some cases when the printer is not in the same sub net as the computer specifying the printer s IP address may be the only successful option 5 Follow the instructions on your screen to install the printer drivers and other HP software such as the HP Designjet Utility and the HP Designjet Driver Preview with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share HP Designjet ePrint amp Share allows you to create a copy of your document any time you print securely in the clou
63. unload 57 roll protection 81 roll switching options 29 S safe mode 144 safety precautions 2 scale a print 75 scan to email 97 scan quality problems color differences between CIS modules 205 color fringing 208 completely wrong colors 216 damaged original 216 down scaling 218 edge detection 218 flare from glossy originals 210 ghosting 217 grain in area fills 204 horizontal periodical banding 212 inaccurate colors 207 line discontinuities 203 out of focus 212 paper advance 214 random vertical lines 202 shadow highlight clipping 208 stop start effect 210 toomuchskew 219 variable line thickness 207 vertical black band 20 cm wide 215 vertical distortion 217 vertical lines between CIS modules 206 vertical red greenbands 210 vibration effect 211 wrinkles or folds 202 scanner calibration 165 can t access network folder 200 clean glass plate 157 diagnostic plot 220 replace glass plate 160 scantofile 84 slowscan 200 supported paper types 84 scratched prints 191 scuffed prints 191 secure file erase 154 security 32 ePrint amp Share 101 network settings 41 sheet paper load 58 sleep mode 10 sleep mode wait time 46 Slow printing 232 smartphone 92 software 11 software update 154 specifications acoustic 246 environmental 246 functional 244 graphiclanguages 245 harddisk 246 ink supplies 244 margins 245 mechanical accuracy 245 memory 246 paper size 244 physical 245 power 246 printing resolutions 244 spindle 170 rol
64. which the diagnostic plot is going to be printed you can reuse the diagnostic plot any time in the future if it is saved carefully Ideally the diagnostic plot should be printed on glossy paper and you are highly recommended to do that if you use your printer mostly for scanning or copying photo originals posters pictures printed on glossy paper etc If you use your printer mostly to scan or copy matte originals then you can use any matte white paper to print the diagnostic plot Please do not use recycled or tracing paper to print this plot The size of the diagnostic plot is 610 x 914 mm 24 x 36 in It can be printed on any 914 mm 36 in landscape or 610 mm 24 in portrait paper roll You can also use a single sheet that is at least 610 x 914 mm 24 x 36 in Once the correct paper is loaded if this paper permits color calibration then we recommend color calibrating the printer see Using your printer You can print the diagnostic plot from the front panel press rel then ol then Internal prints gt Scanner IQ plot or Image Quality Maintenance gt Scanner IQ plot Visual check for errors while printing the diagnostic sheet Once the diagnostic plot is printed the first step is to check that all the patterns included in it are correctly printed The diagnostic plot if printed correctly should look like this t t t t D D A r o t an ie a us 1 is Some of the most common defects that may appear in a printed d
65. your printer s email address 44 Chapter5 Personalizing the printer ENWW Change the language of the front panel display There are two possible ways to change the language of the front panel menus and messages Ifyou can understand the current front panel display language press fel then o then Setup gt Front panel options gt Language e If you cannot understand the current front panel display language start with the printer powered off Press the Power key to turn it on When you see icons appear on the front panel press IA and then H The front panel acknowledges this sequence by turning the icons on and off rapidly Whichever method you used the language selection menu should now appear on the front panel display Press your preferred language The available languages are English Portuguese Spanish Catalan French Italian German Polish Russian Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Korean and Japanese Access the HP Utility The HP Utility enables you to manage your printer from a computer with a TCP IP or Jetdirect connection e Under Windows start the HP Designjet Utility from your desktop shortcut or from Start gt All Programs gt Hewlett Packard gt HP Designjet Utility gt HP Designjet Utility This launches the HP Designjet Utility showing the printers installed on your computer When you open the HP Designjet Utility for the first time it may offer you an automatic update with enhanced functional
66. 00 Mbps network link speeds using full duplex or half duplex communication modes a 1000T half duplex selection is not supported By default it will attempt to auto negotiate its link operation with the network When connecting to network hubs and switches that do not support auto negotiation the printer will configure itself for 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps half duplex operation For example when connected to a non negotiating 10 Mbps hub the print server will automatically set itself to operate at 10 Mbps half duplex If the printer is not able to connect to the network through auto negotiation you can set the link setting by one of the following methods The front panel The Embedded Web Server The Telnet interface through a system command prompt A TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol configuration file that is downloaded for example from a BootP or DHCP server network management tools such as HP Web Jetadmin Reset network parameters Network parameters for example the IP address can be reset to factory default values by a cold reset turning the printer off and on again After a cold reset print an IO Configuration page to confirm that factory reset values have been assigned N CAUTION A factory installed HP Jetdirect X 509 certificate will be saved over a cold reset to factory default values However a Certificate Authority CA certificate that has been installed by the user to validate a network authentication server will no
67. 13 11 Shared by ftoscano hp com You re currently using 0 05 of your quota 2 47MB 5120 00MB 2011 Hewlett Packard Development Company L P Privacy statement Using this site means you accept its Terms of Use Select the file and a file preview is shown in the right panel If the file contains multiple pages you can navigate through the pages using the arrows You can also click the preview to enlarge it and zoom in to see details Press the Print button If you have the full HP Designjet software suite installed a print preview dialog appears in which you can check and modify some settings and select your local or remote ePrinters If you do not have the software installed on the computer you are using you will see a generic screen that allows you to select the remote printer and change basic settings Press the Print button again to send your document to print To print on any printer use the option Print to PDF This creates a copy of your document in your computer which you can print later Print from HP Designjet ePrint amp Share using the printer s front panel HP Designjet ePrint amp Share allows you to print files on any Web connected printer when you want You don t need a computer you can use the printer s front panel 1 ENWW Press the Print icon on the home screen Print from HP Designjet ePrint amp Share using the printer s front panel 95 2 Press the HP ePrint amp
68. 15 H hard disk specification 246 HP Care Packs 240 HP Customer Care 240 HP Designjet ePrint amp Share introduction 12 print 90 scan 97 security 101 HP ePrint Center disable 33 HP Installation 241 HP Proactive Support 241 HP Start Up Kit 240 HP Start Up KitDVD 3 HP Support 242 HP Support Center 240 HP Utility access 45 Cannotaccess 233 language 46 HP GL 2 48 l image diagnostics print 196 image problems clipped at bottom 195 clippedimage 195 missing objects 196 PDF problems 196 ink economical use of 81 usage 137 ink cartridge about 141 Cannotinsert 227 insert 142 maintenance 152 order 167 remove 141 specification 244 status 141 Status messages 22 7 internal prints 13 Internet connection manualsetup 22 setup 22 troubleshooting 233 IPaddress 40 46 iPad 92 iPhone 92 iPodTouch 92 IPSec 17 IPSEC status 42 IPv6 16 IPV6 settings 40 J job preview Embedded Web Server 106 front panel 104 job queue Embedded Web Server 106 front panel 104 L language 45 line length accuracy 190 line thickness 187 link speed 42 load paper cannotload 173 generaladvice 51 paper notin list 174 rollcannotload 173 rollinto printer 54 rollonto spindle 51 sheet 58 sheet cannotload 173 loading paper problems 173 loudspeaker volume 46 M maintenance kits 154 margins 74 none 78 specification 245 maximum detail 77 mechanical accuracy 245 memory specifications 246 Microsoft Office printfrom 129
69. 165 19 Supplies and accessories How to order supplies and accessories Introduction to the accessories 166 Chapter19 Supplies and accessories ENWW How to order supplies and accessories There are two alternative ways to order supplies or accessories e _ Visit http www hp com go T2500 accessories on the Web There you will also see the latest list of supplies and accessories for your printer e Contact HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 and check that what you want is available in your area The rest of this chapter lists the available supplies and accessories and their part numbers at the time of writing Order ink supplies The following ink supplies can be ordered for your printer Table 19 1 Ink cartridges Cartridge Part number HP 727 40 ml Cyan Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P13A HP 727 40 ml Magenta Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P14A HP 727 40 ml Yellow Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P15A HP 727 40 ml Photo Black Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P17A HP 727 40 ml Gray Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P18A HP 727 69 ml Matte Black Designjet Ink Cartridge C1Q11A HP 727 130 ml Cyan Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P19A HP 727 130 ml Magenta Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P20A HP 727 130 ml Yellow Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P21A HP 727 130 ml Matte Black Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P22A HP 727 130 ml Photo Black Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P23A HP 727 130 ml Gray Designjet Ink Cartridge B3P24A HP 727 300 ml Matte Black Designjet Ink Car
70. 3 Ifno error message appears on the front panel during the restart process try to calibrate your scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 once it is fully functional If some error message appears on the front panel call HP support and report the error adding that you found it after seeing completely wrong colors in the scanned image 4 _ f calibration succeeded repeat your scan and check the colors 5 Ifthe colors are still wrong analyze the whole diagnostic sheet Check that you find completely wrong colors in the area corresponding to just one of the CIS modules as in the following figure If so call HP support and report completely wrong colors after calibration and report the letter of the CIS module that is failing module A at the example exe FO If all the modules are failing call HP support and report that 216 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW Vertical distortion If the lid sensor of the scanner fails the scanner cannot detect when the lid is open Hence you can start a scan and at some point find that the pressure rolls do not move the original through the scanner paper path You may see images like the following when this happens original on the left scanned image on the right Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples E LI tion plo tion plo Actions 1 Check that the scanner lid sensor is worki
71. 6 mm printed to the output stacking tray with manual mode Table 29 3 Printing resolutions Print quality Best photo paper Best other papers Normal Fast heavyweight coated photo 244 Chapter 29 Printer specifications Maximum detail On Off Off Off Off Graphic language HP GL 2 HP PCL3GUI PostScript any any HP GL 2 HP PCL3GUI PostScript HP GL 2 HP PCL3GUI PostScript Rendering Printing resolution resolution ppi dpi 1200 x 1200 2400 x 1200 600 x 600 2400 x 1200 600 x 600 1200 x 1200 600 x 600 1200 x 1200 600 x 600 1200 x 1200 300 x 300 1200 x 1200 600 x 600 1200 x 1200 300 x 300 1200 x 1200 ENWW Table 29 3 Printing resolutions continued Print quality Maximum detail Graphic language Rendering Printing resolution resolution ppi dpi Fast plain coated natural tracing paper Off HP GL 2 600 x 600 600 x 1200 HP PCL3GUI 300 x 300 600 x 1200 PostScript Economode Off any 300 x 300 600 x 1200 For a list of supported papers see Order paper on page 167 Scanner resolutions 200 300 600 ppi Table 29 4 Margins E Top right and left margins 5 mm 0 2 in Bottom margin trailing edge 5 mm 0 2 in roll 22 mm 0 87 in sheet Table 29 5 Mechanical accuracy E U a o aU M S 0 1 of the specified vector length or 0 2 mm whichever is greater at 23 C 73 F 50 60 relative humidity on E AO printing material in Best or Normal mode wit
72. 61 04 1 61 04 2 61 08 61 08 1 61 08 2 61 09 63 10 63 20 Recommendation Update the printer s BIOS Restart the printer If the problem persists update the printer s firmware See Update the firmware on page 153 Retry the operation that you were attempting If it fails again restart the printer If the problem persists update the printer s firmware See Update the firmware on page 153 Paper jam in the scanner Remove all paper from the scanner and try again Calibrate the scanner See Calibrate the scanner on page 165 Restart the printer If the problem persists update the printer s firmware See Update the firmware on page 153 Roll 1 has been unexpectedly unloaded Reload the roll Roll 2 has been unexpectedly unloaded Reload the roll The file format is wrong and the printer cannot process the job e Turn off the printer using the Power button at the front e Turn off the power switch at the rear Disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Send the same job to the printer again e Ensure that the printer s firmware is up to date See Update the firmware on page 153 Update your printer s firmware See Update the firmware on page 153 Resend the job The job cannot be printed because it is password protected The job cannot be printed because it contains errors Resend the job from the Embedded Web Server Resend the job e Turn off the printer using the Po
73. 66 Load a roll into the printer To start this procedure you must have a roll loaded on the spindle See Load a roll onto the spindle on page 51 9 TIP Donot try to open both roll covers at once this may cause problems Always close one cover before opening the other Ex NOTE The first two steps below are optional you can start with step 3 However in this case the printer will not keep track of the length of the roll and will print no barcode on the roll when it is next unloaded So you are recommended to follow all the steps starting with step 1 unless you have turned off the Printing paper info option See Printing paper info on page 63 1 From the front panel press CA then EJ if it is not already highlighted then the roll icon then Load Alternatively press el then ol then Paper gt Paper load gt Load roll 1 or Load roll 2 54 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW If the roll you have selected is already loaded you have to wait while it is automatically unloaded 2 Ifyou start to load roll 1 while roll 2 is already loaded roll 2 is withdrawn to the standby position so that it can be printed on again without reloading whenever required and vice versa Ef NOTE If at any time you open a roll cover while that roll is loaded but not printing the roll will be automatically unloaded and you will have to reload it the next time you want to print on it 3 Openthe roll cover 4 Load the spindle into the pri
74. Front panel 5 Ink cartridges 6 Basket 7 Lower roll cover 8 Upper roll cover 6 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW Rear view 1 Power switch 2 Power socket Communication ports ENWW The printer s main components 1 Gigabit Ethernet port to connect to a network 2 Diagnostic LEDs to be used by service engineers 3 Hi Speed USB host port intended for connecting a USB flash drive The front panel The front panel is located on the front right of the printer It gives you complete control of your printer from the front panel you can print view information about the printer change printer settings perform calibrations and tests and so on The front panel also displays alerts warning and error messages when necessary Information about specific uses of the front panel can be found throughout this guide 1 A Hi Speed USB host port intended for connecting a USB flash drive which can provide files to be printed or a destination for scanned files When a USB flash drive is inserted a USB icon Ss is displayed on the front panel s home screen 2 The front panel itself a touch sensitive screen with a graphical user interface 3 Loudspeakers 4 The Power key with which you can turn the printer on or off The key is illuminated when the printer is on It flashes when the printer is in sleep mode 8 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW The front panel has a large central area to display dynamic information an
75. If the problem appears in a scanned file scan at a lower resolution Standard quality 204 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW 4 Ifthe problem persists clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 Check that the maintenance sheet is also clean and that it is not damaged before calibrating the scanner an old or damaged maintenance sheet may cause this problem if it is damaged call HP support and ask for a new maintenance sheet 5 Ifthe problem persists proceed to analyze areas 11 and 12 of the diagnostic plot across modules A to E In the three examples below the top example is ideal the middle example can be regarded as acceptable but if you see something similar to the bottom example or worse call HP support and report grain in area fills Small color differences between adjacent CIS modules When scanning wide plots sometimes slightly different colors can be seen at both sides of the junction between two CIS modules This issue if present can be easily seen by analyzing patterns 9 of the diagnostic plot at the intersection between CIS modules Here are some examples Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples Sometimes the color mismatch between adjacent modules can be enormous showing a serious scanner malfunction as in the following example If this occurs see Completely wrong colors on page 216 ENWW Small color diffe
76. K to set the value The default brightness is set to 50 Change the units of measurement To change the units of measurement in the front panel display press CA then o then Setup gt Front panel options gt Unit selection and select English or Metric By default the units are set to metric Configure network settings ENWW You can view and configure the network settings from the Embedded Web Server the HP Utility or the front panel To do so with the Embedded Web Server select the Networking tab With the HP Designjet Utility under Windows select the Admin tab then Network Settings Under Mac OS X select Configuration gt Network Settings The following settings are available e IP Configuration method Specify the way to set an IP address selecting BOOTP DHCP Auto IP or Manual e Hostname Specify the IP name of the printer The name may contain up to 32 ASCII characters e IP address Specify the IP address of the printer Duplicate IP addresses on a TCP IP network will cause communication to fail voi TIP Make sure that the combination of IP address subnet mask and default gateway is valid If these three fields are inconsistent you may not be able to connect to the printer at all until you fix the problem from the front panel TIP If you change the current IP address and click Apply the browser loses the current connection to the printer because it is pointing to the old address To reconnect browse to t
77. Maximum Detail option results in slower printing with photo papers but it does not increase the amount of ink used If you have printhead problems If your printheads have an excessive number of clogged nozzles which may cause banding or white streaks on your prints print quality can be improved by selecting the More Passes option e inthe driver dialog Mac OS X Print dialog select custom instead of standard print quality options then check the More Passes box e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Basic settings gt Print quality gt Custom Set Quality level to Best and More passes to Yes Ex NOTE The More Passes option results in slower printing but it does not increase the amount of ink used O TIP Instead of using this option consider using the Image Diagnostics Print to identify the printhead or printheads that are causing the problem and then clean or replace them See The Image Diagnostics Print on page 196 ENWW Advanced print settings 77 Print in gray shades You can convert all colors in your image to shades of gray see Printing in grayscale on page 115 Print with no margins Printing with no margins to the edges of the paper is known as borderless printing This can be done only on rolls of photo paper In order to be sure of leaving no margins the printer prints slightly past the edges of the paper Any ink deposited outside the paper is absorbed by the sponge situated in the pla
78. P Designjet printing systems including Original HP inks and printheads are designed and engineered together to provide uncompromising print quality consistency performance durability and value with every print About the printhead The printhead is connected to the ink cartridges and jets ink onto the paper Lv CAUTION Observe precautions when handling the printhead because it is an ESD sensitive device see the Glossary on page 247 Avoid touching pins leads and circuitry Check the printhead status The printer automatically checks and services the printhead after each print Follow the steps below to get more information on your printhead 1 From the front panel press Kel then B 2 The front panel displays e Colors e Product name e Product number Serial number 144 Chapter16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead ENWW e Status see Front panel error messages on page 236 e Volume of ink it has used e Warranty status You can also get some of this information from the HP Utility For an explanation of the printhead status messages see Printhead status messages on page 229 If the warranty status is See warranty note this indicates that expired ink is being used If the warranty status is Out of warranty this indicates that non HP ink is being used See the limited warranty document provided with your printer for details of the warranty implications Remove the printhead AN CAUTION Make sure the printer wh
79. Paper or any old print on plain paper that has become yellowish over the years Translucent paper to scan semi transparent tracing papers gt 65 g m2 including HP Natural Tracing Paper HP Vellum and HP Translucent Bond Blueprints for scanning blueprint originals with optimum results in grayscale only This option greatly enhances the contrast of the resulting image For best results you should select the correct paper type in the scan settings before scanning The following paper types are not supported by the scanner e Film e Backlit material e Cling material e Translucent paper lt 65 g m Scan to file 1 Load the sheet with the printed side facing upwards you can also load the sheet before step 1 if you prefer Align the center of the sheet approximately with the center of the scanner Use the standard size markings to help you 84 Chapter9 Scanning ENWW Ex NOTE The maximum length of paper that the scanner can scan depends on the paper width and the scan resolution An alert is displayed if the maximum length is exceeded E NOTE Scanned images may be saved to PDF files with the T2500 PS only 2 Push the sheet into the insertion slot until you feel it contact the rollers The scanner will automatically grab the sheet and move it into position for scanning If you feel that the sheet has loaded badly and you want to try again you can pull it out manually At the front panel go to the home screen
80. W e Clean the pressure rollers and the feed rollers ENWW Clean the scanner s glass plate 159 5 Close the scanner cover and gently push it down to lock it into place 6 Clean the area immediately in front of the scanner where the scanned sheet rests before scanning 7 Reconnect the printer s power cable turn on the power switch at the rear and turn on the printer using the Power key Replace the scanner s glass plate Over time the condition of the glass plate can deteriorate Small scratches on the surface of the glass can reduce image quality Contact HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 to order a new glass plate 1 Turn off the printer using the Power key at the front then also turn off the power switch at the rear and disconnect the power cable 160 Chapter 18 Scanner maintenance ENWW 2 There is a small lever at the rear left of the scanner Slide the lever up and open the scanner cover Z WARNING Do not lift the scanner while the scanner cover is open Your fingers or hand may be trapped or crushed 3 Unscrew 4 screws from the upper part if you intend to replace any of the three upper glasses or unscrew the 4 screws of the lower part for the two lower glasses ENWW Replace the scanner s glass plate 161 4 Remove the plastic piece upper or lower as appropriate and the plastic tabs next to the glass you intend to remove 5 162 Chapter 18 Scanner maintenance ENWW 6
81. a job to the printer see Paper mismatch action on page 29 the printer will decide which of the loaded rolls of paper is more suitable to print the job If there is no roll of paper available that meets all the conditions the printer will put the job on hold for paper You can manually resume the job forcing it to print on a paper other than the one originally specified otherwise it will stay on hold Which criteria are used to decide on which roll a job will be printed When a user sends a job the desired paper type can be set in the driver or in the Embedded Web Server The printer will print the job on a roll of paper of the chosen paper type that is large enough to print the drawing without clipping If there is more than one roll on which the job could be printed meeting all the criteria the roll will be chosen according to your preferences These can be set from the front panel see Roll switching options on page 29 When is a job put on hold for paper If the paper mismatch action is set to Put job on hold see Paper mismatch action on page 29 a job is put on hold for paper in the following cases e The paper type that has been selected by the user is not currently loaded on the specified roll or on either of the rolls if no roll has been specified e The paper type that has been selected by the user is loaded on the specified roll but the drawing is too large to fit on the roll or on either of the rolls if no roll has bee
82. ackwards from the front panel You may want to do this in order to have more or less white space between the last print and the next one when the cutter is disabled or to increase top margin of the next print To move the paper press CA then o l then Paper gt Move paper Maintain paper To maintain paper quality follow the recommendations below e Store rolls covered by another piece of paper or cloth e Store cut sheets covered and clean or brush them before loading them in the printer e Clean input and output platens e Keep the scanner lowered unless you need to lift it for some reason Ee NOTE Photo and coated paper requires careful handling see The print is scuffed or scratched on page 191 ENWW Printing paper info 63 Change the drying time You may wish to change the drying time setting to suit special printing conditions such as multiple prints where time is of higher importance or when you need to be sure ink is dry before handling Press Eel then o l then Setup gt Print retrieval gt Drying time You can select e Extended to set a longer than recommended time to ensure ink is completely dry e Optimal to set the default and recommended time for your selected paper this is the default setting e Reduced to set a shorter than recommended time when quality is of lower importance e None to disable the drying time and remove your print as soon as it finishes printing A CAUTION Ifthe ink is not dry when the print is rem
83. age 24 but the printer cannot access it try the following suggestions Check that you have filled in each field correctly Check that the printer is connected to the network Check that the remote computer is switched on working normally and connected to the network Check that the folder is shared Check that you can put files into the same folder from a different computer on the network using the printer s logon credentials Check that the printer and the remote computer are in the same network subnet if they are not check that the network routers are configured to forward the CIFS protocol traffic also Known as Samba Scanning to file is slow Scanning large formats creates large files This means that scanning to file can take time even under optimal system configurations and conditions This is especially true when scanning across a network However if you think scanning to file with your system is unreasonably slow the following steps may help you to locate and solve the problem 1 Use the front panel to check the status of your scan job If it is taking an intolerably long time you can select the job and then cancel it Check that the Resolution setting is right for the job Not all scanning tasks require high resolutions If you lower the resolution you will speed up the scanning process For JPEG and PDF scan jobs you can also change the Quality setting Lower quality values produce smaller files Check your netw
84. agement from the front panel uu ceeeeecceceeccecccccccccccccececccccesssecececcesessssessssececeeesessessees 119 Color management and the scanner ccesesecseeeeesssssssssssssscceececccececceceeeeeceeecssssssssssesseseeeeeeesceceeeeeeescsseseeeees 120 13 PRACTICAL PTE CNIS conia 121 Print from Adobe Acrobat a ssasinasienscnnnescyecntacsanaantenaeayecuenpevenretectaaenwacsansanednendeundierearancewncnsdeonsendeecusesadeeunanmeawoermes 122 Print from Autodesk AutoCAD ccscccccssssscccsssscccesssesccssssnscccsssseeecesssanseecsessaeecesesuseecsssscaeecesessaesecesessneess 124 Print from Adobe Photoshop secdecissscscanscoevseesasavsdosisnedeescannaesssosennvsdssweanddsseaaassioonsowsueasiavaveeedasucoasiwnsseseaumesorsaunnes 127 Print and scale from Microsoft Office 0000e0000neeeeeoooeeseoeeesssossssreessssseessseeesssseeesssseessssseesssseeeesssseesssseeessssees 129 15 Retrieving printer usage information cccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccsccccccccccccccecccccccccccccccccccccccccccccccscecscccccess 136 Get printer accounting information csssceesssesesesssscsssssssssssssssssssssssssssscsecsecssssssccssseeeecsesseeeeseeseeseesees 137 Check Usage statistics cscs sone te osiinsa aiani inia ASENNE E AEE E EE EEN NaS 137 Check usage statistics for a job 00 00000o0000oo0esessoeeessseeeessoeesssseesssseeesssreessssseesssseessssreessssseeeesssreesssseeenssseeenssse 137 Request accounting data by
85. all neatly into the basket e Ensure that the network and power cables are not getting in the way e Ensure that the basket is correctly installed e Ensure that the basket is open e Ensure that the basket is not full e Ensure that the paper is not jammed e Paper often tends to curl near the end of a roll which can cause output problems Load a new roll or remove prints manually as they are completed If you see the message Please remove the print from the basket and press OK to continue empty the basket check that there is no paper in the path to the basket then press OK The printer checks that the problem has been fixed The print remains in the printer after printing has completed The printer holds the paper to allow the print to dry after printing see Change the drying time on page 64 Ifa sheet of paper is only partially ejected after the drying time gently pull it out of the printer The cutter does not cut well By default the printer is set to cut the paper automatically after each job If the cutter is turned on but not cutting correctly check that the cutter rail is clean and clear of any obstacles The roll is loose on the spindle The roll may need to be replaced or reloaded ENWW The printer reports unexpectedly that the stacker is full 181 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues e General advice e Print quality troubleshooting wizard e Recalibrate the paper advance e Horizontal lines acr
86. alling the software on page 15 and the computer must be connected to the printer by network When the printer driver has been installed and the computer is connected to the printer you can print froma software application by using the application s own Print command and selecting the correct printer Ef NOTE When first printing Windows automatically searches for the printer driver on the Internet if the computer is connected to the Internet This means that you do not need to search for the driver yourself However this process will install the driver without the rest of the software Therefore we recommend installation using the DVD or the install package that you can download from HP s website so that all of the printer software is installed Advanced print settings The rest of this chapter explains the various print settings that you can use when printing with a printer driver the Embedded Web Server or the HP Utility These methods offer a relatively large number of settings in order to satisfy all requirements X TIP In general you are recommended to use the default settings unless you know that they do not meet your requirements TIP If you intend to reuse a particular group of settings repeatedly you can save those settings under a name of your own choice and recall them later A saved group of settings is Known as a quick set in the Windows printer driver and as a preset in the Embedded Web Server ENWW P
87. anceesenssnseesens 240 HP POC IN SUDDO ae E E 241 US TOMNO Sel ROPA aae E 241 Contact HP SUD DOKE cexsuc dace ccwaeciacsncbessevseaucadectesncavsausebareuadseacousstedpsdesnousaveednedbannesdecasseaieeneut scans duansanneisonsabonueseuaueans 242 cS aa arcs eras es cess eee ve estes eee 243 FU CLIO AE SPC GIG CIO IS sessioner aner ANNON AEAN ANE EVE AN EENE NANNE OES APENE ONRAN REENE S 244 Physical specifications 000000000000000000000000000000orssssssssesssssssseeseceresssssssssssssssssssssseccccresssessssessesssssseeeceeeereressssssse 245 Memory specifications 5 25 50eacescuscseiacedscesseaaseuerocanaronssnvarodavsics asledooss unubwwuadeuencnasasstaeatesseacstansiacnnsauningesnintuovssantueennes 246 Power specifications ais gacgccsncctecasoduadesvasesancnncesdeasannsdssunesouedaacandeteadeasteeduaduaueudsopuul cuadauPveaettevanseunanaddesbdeadaasesecuatates 246 Environmental specifications ce eeeeeseesscssssssssccsccccscccceceeccsccecceecssscsssssscsssssesesscccecceeceseeeeecscessssscsssccssseeess 246 Acoustic specifications mae Ne eer Pe RE 246 ENWW ENWW 1 Introduction e Safety precautions e HP Start Up Kit e Using this guide e Printer models e Theprinter s main features e Theprinter s main components e The front panel n Printer software amp Web Services amp Turn the printer on and off o The printer s internal prints ENWW Safety precautions Follow at all times the precautions and warning
88. and press p then select where you would like to store the scanned image Select destination E n USB drive Network folder HP ePrint amp Share e In a USB flash drive ENWW Scantofile 85 E NOTE The use of USB flash drives with your printer may be disabled in the Embedded Web Server Setup gt Security gt Disable USB drives In a network folder a folder on a computer that is accessible through the network E NOTE The network folder option will not work unless the network folder has been correctly set up and identified in the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility see Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder on page 24 on TIP To check the currently configured network folder go to the front panel and press el then ES e In HP Designjet ePrint amp Share o TIP To check the currently configured network folder go to the front panel and press Fel then ES Ef NOTE If the scanner is later unable to store your file in the chosen destination USB flash drive or network folder you are given the opportunity to change your mind and use the other alternative 4 Some of the default scan settings are displayed Press Settings to see the complete list of settings and check in particular that the Original type setting corresponds to the paper type that you intend to scan e Format allows you to specify the format of the file in which the scanned image will be saved TIFF JPEG or with the T2500 PS only
89. are and make sure that it is enabled If it is disabled some parts of the HP Utility may not work properly Cannot access the Embedded Web Server If you have not done so already please read Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 From the front panel press rel then o then Connectivity gt Network connectivity gt Advanced gt Embedded Web Server gt Allow EWS gt On If you are using a proxy server try bypassing the server and accessing the Web server directly e In Internet Explorer for Windows go to Tools gt Internet Options gt Connections gt LAN Settings and check the Bypass proxy server for local addresses box Alternatively for more precise control click the Advanced button and add the printer s IP address to the list of exceptions for which the proxy server is not used e In Safari for Mac OS X go to Safari gt Preferences gt Advanced and click the Proxies Change Settings button Add the printer s IP address or its domain name to the list of exceptions for which the proxy server is not used If you still cannot connect switch the printer off and back on with the Power key on the front panel Cannot connect to the Internet ENWW If your printer has difficulty in connecting to the Internet it may start the Connectivity Wizard automatically You can also start the wizard manually at any time From the front panel Press Eel then ol then Connectivity gt Connectivity wizard From the fro
90. articular environmental conditions After color calibration you can expect to get similar prints from any two different printers situated in different geographical locations Some paper types cannot be calibrated For all other paper types calibration should be done in any of the following circumstances e Whenever the printhead is replaced e Whenever a new paper type is introduced that has not yet been calibrated with the current printhead e Whenever the environmental conditions temperature and humidity change significantly You can check the color calibration status of the currently loaded paper from the front panel at any time press E then o l then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status The status may be one of the following e Recommended the paper has not been calibrated Introduction 111 Ef NOTE Whenever you update the printer s firmware the color calibration status of all papers is reset to Recommended e Obsolete the paper has been calibrated but the calibration is now out of date because the printhead has been replaced and should be repeated e Done the paper has been calibrated and the calibration is up to date e Disabled this paper cannot be calibrated Ex NOTE Color calibration cannot be performed on plain paper nor on any kind of transparent material You can also check the color calibration status by using the HP Utility You can start color calibration in the following ways e From the HP
91. as it is not used for scanner checking It is made of three 222 Chapter 24 The scanner diagnostic plot ENWW colored crosses that may be used to identify the problem in question The correct pattern is shown on the left an example of misalignment on the right Loss of shadow or highlight details Looking at pattern 16 you may find a problem with the color calibration of the printer CLC process If you can distinguish lightness steps beyond the upper and lower specified thresholds then the printer is fine Here you can see examples of correct functioning on the left incorrect on the right If the printer does not pass this test you should run a color calibration if the paper loaded in the printer can be calibrated coated or glossy paper for instance The color calibration can be launched from the front panel by pressing Eel then ol then Image Quality Maintenance gt Color calibration Printer banding Looking at patterns 1 2 and 3 you can see vertical banding problems due to a miscalibrated paper advance in the printer You can also see some banding in patterns 4 9 10 and 11 indicating that the printheads need to be cleaned You can launch printhead cleaning from the front panel by pressing krel then ol then Image Quality Maintenance gt Clean printheads ENWW Visual check for errors while printing the diagnostic sheet 223 Streaks Looking at patterns 1 2 3 9 and 16 you may find vertical streaks as in the
92. asctsaesnaccosetecseuccssdeatosncouvcesnaacweasausssuenarasnsseeaeoussecoausbaeseusiteapnnons at oonssinanencesaasecsovemssunsouie 152 Clean theexterior of the printer sursson AE EEE TEENE 152 Maintain the ink cartridges 0sssssssssssssssssssccsseeeeeecceeccseceeeseeecccsccsssessssseeeseseeeeeeeseeecsceueesceseeceesssseeseesssees 152 MOVE or Store TMS DEI LGD socne a S A AET 152 Updatethe TMW E ease E E N 153 Update the software ctu es ecsnctamesuececetoansesnesenstuet su taiePaaaedvustecuucuadabedeasouatwantedoudensasaleetaadadahaausioanptntuedetnesauatuaatetendonaacaes 154 Printer maintenance KINS ccsinssevvenanscenscavvasncanodcaiosnunnanedsijeausnentesncesuwatenbastdedadenasunsbuedaunsanteenny tacdadeoexGnnadediawansasenevess 154 SECU E FIE ENI E agaceeec cece re pasecce E sce E rite va aucnpesmevnsceneaceesacacouecomeamnenten 154 DEK WD ecewasevenacosucecsesessenaccecsssviceesodadsnseessomuseneasowswsuedadeunacosi E E 155 TS SCANNE MAINTENANCE cirina A OTa 156 Clean the scanner s glass plate sasindcoscsvasasywicvscenstnesauedenendunssucnsaavavieswaceceduyeunsdaadsosuusewsupsauaroeeteveuseedeenseeneuseuaeeaneees 157 ENWW Replace the scanner s glass plate cccccccccccccccccccccccsssssssssseeeseseeeeccesccececceescesssssessseeesesesceseeseeeeeecesssessesess 160 AUN ACO UNS AMY Mr oa E E nant E E E EA 165 TS SippUgS anda toso E i E imine 166 How to order supplies and accessories 000000000000000000000000sse
93. atus in menu bar _ Notify me when alert appears List alerts in popup window Control access to the printer Front panel security settings From the front panel you can press CA then ol then Security to control some of the features of the printer USB drive Enable or disable the use of a USB flash drive e Firmware update from USB Enable or disable firmware updates from a USB flash drive Internet connection Enable or disable the Internet connection E NOTE If you disable it you also disable automatic firmware updates the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share connection and remote printing e Enable HP ePrint Center connectivity Enable or disable the use of HP Designjet ePrint amp Share with a computer connected directly to the printer 32 Chapter3 Setting up the printer ENWW e User sessions Enable or disable automatic log out after 1 3 or 5 minutes e Printer access control Enable disable or change the administrator password If an administrator password has been set it must be given in order to perform the following operations e Change the security settings including the administrator password itself e Change the configuration of the Internet connection Change the Automatic Firmware Update configuration Enable or disable automatic downloading and or installation of automatic firmware updates e Restore an earlier firmware version e Reset factory defaults E NOTE The administrator password can contain
94. atus messages e Cannot insert the printhead e The front panel display recommends reseating or replacing the printhead e Clean the printhead e Align the printhead e Printhead status messages 226 Chapter 25 Troubleshooting ink cartridge and printhead issues ENWW Cannot insert an ink cartridge 1 Check that you have the correct type of cartridge model number 2 Check that the colored label on the cartridge is the same color as the label on the slot 3 Check that the cartridge is correctly oriented with the letter or letters marking the cartridge label right side up and readable AN CAUTION Never clean inside the ink cartridge slots Ink cartridge status messages These are the possible ink cartridge status messages e OK The cartridge is working normally with no known problems e Missing There is no cartridge present or it is not correctly connected to the printer e _ Low The ink level is low e Very low The ink level is very low e Empty The cartridge is empty e _Reseat You are recommended to remove the cartridge and then reinsert it e Replace You are recommended to replace the cartridge with a new cartridge e Expired It is past the cartridge s expiration date e incorrect The cartridge is not compatible with this printer The message includes a list of compatible cartridges e Non HP The cartridge is used refilled or counterfeit Cannot insert the printhead 1 Check that you have the correct ty
95. b The resulting printed sheet of paper is neatly stacked on top of the other printed sheets by the stacker To empty the stacker stand in front of the printer and pull the stack of printed sheets out of the stacker The stacker cover may open during this process make sure that it is closed after you have removed the sheets Normally the return spring will close it automatically ENWW The stacker 59 I gt xo TIP Although you can remove sheets from the stacker while the printer is printing you are recommended to remove all the prints together while the printer is not printing TIP You can lock the stacker cover in the open position to collect special jobs Make sure that you close it afterwards TIP If you want to use a photo paper for printing in normal printing mode to the stacker you are recommended to use an HP Instant Dry Photo Paper TIP For stacking papers below 75 gr m2 activate the blue separators located in the laterals of the stacker cover Make sure you deactivate them when using the rest of papers Manual printing with the stacker open The stacker s manual printing mode is designed to be used when you want the highest quality print possible on photo paper and you are willing to stand in front of the printer to ensure it You can choose manual mode either for a particular job for example from the printer driver or by putting the printer into manual mode from the front panel If you send a
96. b at this point in case the problem has been solved If you are using Application Color Management check that the color profile you are using corresponds to the selected paper type and print quality settings If you have doubts about which color settings to use see Color management on page 110 If the problem consists of color differences between your print and your monitor please follow the instructions in the How to calibrate your monitor section of the HP Color Center At this point you may wish to reprint your job in case the problem has been solved Print the Image Diagnostics Print See The Image Diagnostics Print on page 196 Try using the color adjustment options to produce the colors you want See Color adjustment options on page 114 If the problem persists despite all the above actions contact your customer service representative for further support Color accuracy using EPS or PDF images in page layout applications Page layout applications such as Adobe InDesign and QuarkXPress do not support color management of EPS PDF or grayscale files 194 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW If you have to use such files try to ensure that the EPS PDF or grayscale images are already in the same color space that you intend to use later on in Adobe InDesign or QuarkXPress For instance if your final goal is to print the job in a press that follows the SWOP standard convert the image into SWOP when you create
97. been added to the latest firmware for your printer You can check the firmware release notes for information see Update the firmware on page 153 Printing paper info Enable the Printing paper info option to record the printer s estimate of the remaining roll length paper width and type The information is a combination of barcode and text that is printed on the leading edge of the roll when the paper is unloaded from the printer CMM LLU 138 feet 42 1 m of 42 inch 1067 mm Photo Gloss Paper Ef NOTE The paper length estimate is available only if the printer registered the amount of paper that was on the roll when you loaded it To provide this information to the printer specify the roll length on the front panel when loading the paper or load a roll that has the paper data barcode printed on it Ef NOTE The barcode and text are printed on the roll only when the loading and unloading processes are started from the front panel s Paper menu Ef NOTE This option can be expected to work only with papers that are completely opaque It may fail with transparent or translucent papers To enable the Printing paper info option go to the front panel and press el then ol then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Printing paper info Ee NOTE Enabling this option slightly changes the paper loading and unloading procedures Move the paper If the printer is idle ready to print you can move the paper forwards or b
98. ber of prints number of prints by paper type number of prints by print quality option counting of scans and total amount of ink used per color the accuracy of these estimates is not guaranteed o HP GL 2 palette shows the color or grayscale definitions in the currently selected color palette o PostScript font list shows PostScript fonts available PostScript printers only e Service information prints o Print current information o Print usage information o Print event logs o Print calibration status The printer s internal prints 13 o Print connectivity configuration o Print all pages prints all the above reports 14 Chapter1 Introduction ENWW 2 ENWW Installing the software e Connect the printer to your network e Connect a computer to the printer by network Windows e Uninstall the printer software Windows e Connect a computer to the printer by network Mac OS X e Uninstall the printer software Mac OS X 15 Connect the printer to your network The printer is able to configure itself automatically for most networks in a similar way to any computer in the same network The first time you connect it to a network this process may take a few minutes Once the printer has a working network configuration you can check its network address from the front panel press Eel then EN Network configuration For more details about the current network configuration go to the front panel and press Fel then
99. borderless print the printer normally cuts the print slightly inside the image area to ensure that the print is borderless It then cuts the paper again so that no residual part of the image is included in the next print However if the job is cancelled or if there is white space at the bottom of the image only a single cut is made Print with crop lines Crop lines indicate where the paper should be cut to reduce it to your selected page size You can print crop lines with individual jobs in the following ways e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Layout Output tab then Crop lines e Inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Finishing panel then Crop lines e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Advanced settings gt Roll options gt Enable crop lines gt Yes Alternatively you can choose to print crop lines with all jobs by default 78 Chapter 8 Printing ENWW e inthe Embedded Web Server select Setup gt Printer settings gt Job management gt Use crop lines when printing gt On Using the front panel press fel then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Enable crop lines gt On To print crop lines with nested jobs see Nest jobs to save roll paper on page 79 you must select a different option e Inthe Embedded Web Server select Setup gt Printer settings gt Job management gt Use crop lines when nest is enabled gt On Using the front panel press CA
100. calibration for your paper type If you see improvement in your print continue with step three If you are dissatisfied with the recalibration return to the default calibration see Return to default calibration on page 186 3 If you would like to fine tune the calibration or are using a transparent paper press fel then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Paper advance calibration gt Adjust paper advance Recalibrate the paper advance 185 4 Select the percentage of change from 100 to 100 To correct light banding decrease the percentage To correct dark banding increase the percentage 5 Press OK on the front panel to save the value 6 Wait until the front panel displays the status screen and reprint your print Return to default calibration Returning to the default calibration sets all the corrections made by the paper advance calibration to zero To return to the default paper advance calibration value you must reset the calibration 1 From the front panel press CA then o then Image quality maintenance gt Paper advance calibration gt Reset paper advance 2 Wait until the front panel displays the operation has completed successfully Horizontal lines across the image banding If your printed image suffers from added horizontal lines as shown the color may vary 186 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper
101. cally generated filename of the scanned image 7 Ifyou are scanning to a USB flash drive wait until the scanned image has been saved in a file then press on the front panel and press Eject Remove the USB flash drive when prompted by the front panel 86 Chapter9 Scanning ENWW 8 Press ry to eject the scanned sheet from the scanner be ready to pick it up from the rear 9 After scanning you can choose to scan again or go to the job queue O TIP All scan jobs are saved in the scan queue where they can be accessed by any user If your job is private you may wish to delete it from the queue after recovering the image file TIP If youscan an image to a file and then decide to print it one or more times you can change the print settings every time You can also save it to another location Ef NOTE By default if the original is skewed in the scanner not loaded straight the scanner will try to correct the skew automatically To turn off this automatic correction press ET then o then Scan preferences gt De skew gt Off ENWW Scan to file 87 10 Copying Before starting to copy see Paper types suitable for scanning on page 84 1 Load the sheet with the printed side facing upwards you can also load the sheet before step 1 if you prefer Align the center of the sheet approximately with the center of the scanner Use the standard size markings to help you Ef NOTE The maximum length of paper that the scan
102. canning it again ENWW Vibration 211 3 Ifthe problem persists analyze pattern 4 of the diagnostic plot If you see the problem shown on the right call HP support and report a vibration problem Horizontal periodical banding This problem can be found in scanners with a defective pressure roll in some CIS modules In this case you may sometimes find horizontal periodical bands in your scanned images separated by around 5 cm 2 in in the area covered by one CIS module as in this example original on the left scanned image on the right Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example ke 1 Open the scanner lid Clean the motor wheels small black rubber and the pressure rolls wide white plastic Check that all the pressure rolls can move freely If you find dust particles or objects that obstruct the movement of the rollers try to remove them then close the scanner lid and repeat your scan Actions 2 Ifthe problem persists clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 and analyze pattern 1 of the diagnostic plot If you can find horizontal periodical banding inside this pattern as shown on the right below call HP support and report horizontal periodical banding Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example a Original Pattern 1 affected by horizontal periodical banding Defocus blurring and fading col
103. cation offers no Page Setup dialog please use the Print dialog e Onthe Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Advanced settings gt Paper gt Page size gt Standard Using the front panel press el then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Paper size Chapter 8 Printing ENWW Ex NOTE If the paper size is set from your computer it overrides the paper size setting in the front panel Custom paper sizes If you want to choose a paper size that is not included in the list of standard paper sizes there are various different ways to specify it Use the Windows printer driver 1 2 3 4 Select the Paper Quality tab Press the Custom button Enter the name and dimensions of your new paper size Press OK The new paper size is automatically selected A custom paper size created in this way has the following characteristics e The paper size is permanent It will not disappear if the driver is closed or the computer is turned off e The paper size is local to the printer queue It will not be seen from other printer queues in the same computer e in Domain server networks the paper size is local to the computer It will not be seen from other computers sharing the printer queue e in Workgroup networks the paper size will be shared among all the computers sharing the printer queue e Ifthe printer queue is deleted the paper size is deleted with it Use Windows forms 1 Fro
104. ck your equipment The printer should be set up and on The Ethernet switch or router should be on and functioning correctly The printer and the computer should be connected to the wired or wireless network See Connect the rinter to your network on page 16 Now you can proceed to install the printer software and connect to your printer Bonjour connection 1 Go to the front panel and press Eel then EN Note the mDNS service name of your printer 2 For best performance while using the HP driver you are recommended to change the Bonjour Highest Priority Service from IPP Printing to 9100 Printing You can change this setting from the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 select Networking gt Other settings gt Bonjour settings change setting as indicated then click Apply 3 Insert the HP Start up Kit DVD into your DVD drive 4 Open the DVD icon on your desktop 5 Open the Mac OS X HP Designjet Installer 6 Follow the instructions on your screen 18 Chapter 2 Installing the software ENWW 10 11 The printer software is installed including the printer drivers and other HP software such as the HP Utility An active Internet connection is recommended in order to perform a full installation with the latest software If you have enabled Web Services on your printer you can print to your printer by email You can find the email address in the printer s front panel press rel then T
105. cker than HP Matte Film will reduce line length accuracy Set the Print Quality slider to Quality Maintain the room at a steady temperature between 10 and 30 C 50 and 86 F Load the roll of film and let it rest for five minutes before printing If you are still not satisfied try recalibrating the paper advance See Recalibrate the paper advance on page 184 The whole image is blurry or grainy oe Naa Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software See View information about the paper on page 62 Check that you are printing on the correct side of the paper Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings see Printing on page 68 In some cases you can overcome a print quality problem merely by selecting a higher print quality level For instance if you have set the Print Quality slider to Speed try setting it to Quality If you change the print quality settings you may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved Go to the front panel and press el then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status to see the printhead alignment status If the status is PENDING you should align the printhead See Align the printhead on page 228 After alignment you may wish to reprint your job in case the problem has been solved Go to the front panel and press Fel then ol then Image quality main
106. color use a color model to represent color in numerical terms Most monitors use the RGB Red Green Blue color model while most printers use the CMYK Cyan Magenta Yellow blacK color model An image can be converted from one color model to another but in general the conversion is not perfect Your printer uses the RGB color model the same color model that is used by your monitor This simplifies but does not completely solve the problem of matching colors Each device represents colors a little differently from another device even if they use the same color model However software can adjust the colors in an image according to the characteristics of the particular device using a color profile of the device in order to achieve correct colors A summary of the color management process To get the accurate and consistent colors that you want you should follow these steps for each paper type that you use 1 Color calibrate the paper type for consistent colors Calibration should be repeated every now and then see Color calibration on page 111 In addition you may wish to calibrate immediately before a particularly important print job for which color consistency is vital 2 When printing select the correct color preset for the paper type you are using Color calibration ENWW Color calibration enables your printer to produce consistent colors with the particular printhead inks and paper type that you are using and under your p
107. cument to a particular size Alternatively you can scale the document in Excel Print and scale from Microsoft Office 135 15 Retrieving printer usage information 8 Get printer accounting information o Check usage statistics e Check usage statistics for a job Request accounting data by email 136 Chapter 15 Retrieving printer usage information ENWW Get printer accounting information There are various different ways of getting accounting information from your printer e View printer usage statistics for the whole lifetime of the printer see Check usage statistics on page 137 e View ink and paper usage for each of your recent jobs by using the HP Utility see Check usage statistics for a job on page 137 If the HP Utility is not available see Access the HP Utility on page 45 e Request accounting data by email The printer sends data in XML at regular intervals to a specified email address the data may be interpreted and summarized by a third party application or displayed as an Excel spreadsheet See Request accounting data by email on page 138 e Usea third party application to request printer status printer usage or job accounting data from the printer through the Internet The printer provides data in XML to the application whenever requested HP provides a Software Development Kit to facilitate the development of such applications Check usage statistics There are various ways of checking your printer s usage stati
108. d in your private online print history This means that you can reprint your documents from Connect a computer to the printer by network Windows 17 virtually anywhere To use HP Designjet ePrint amp Share you must create a free password protected account to protect your documents If you have enabled Web Services on your printer you can print to your printer by email You can find the email address in the printer s front panel press Eel then Then send the file you want to print to that email address as an attachment You can also use your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account to print remotely to your printer Uninstall the printer software Windows 1 Insert the HP Start up Kit DVD into your DVD drive If the DVD does not start automatically run the setup exe program in the root folder of the DVD Navigate to the Software Installation button and press it Press the Install Software button and follow the instructions on your screen to uninstall the printer software Connect a computer to the printer by network Mac OS X You can connect your printer to a network under Mac OS X by using the following methods Bonjour TCP IP vof TIP Bonjour is are recommended for your local network TCP IP is recommended for other networks The following instructions apply if you intend to print from software applications using a printer driver See Printing on page 68 for alternative ways of printing Before you begin che
109. d the printer reduces a larger image to fit the A4 size e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Advanced settings gt Resizing o The Standard and Custom options adjust the image size to the standard or custom paper size you have selected For example if you have selected ISO A2 as the paper size and you print an A4 size image it is enlarged to fit the A2 paper If the ISO A3 paper size is selected the printer reduces a larger image to fit the A3 size o The of actual size option enlarges the printable area of the original paper size the page minus the margins by the percentage indicated then adds the margins to create the output paper size Using the front panel press el then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Resize If you are printing to a single sheet you must ensure that the image can actually fit onto the sheet otherwise the image will be clipped Change the treatment of overlapping lines Ex NOTE This topic applies only when printing an HP GL 2 job The merge option controls the overlapping lines in an image There are two settings ENWW Advanced print settings 75 Off where the lines cross only the color of the top line is printed This is the default setting On where the lines cross the colors of the two lines merge To turn merge on go to the front panel and press fel then o l then Setup gt Printing preferences gt HP GL 2 options gt Merge You can
110. d icons On the left and right sides you can see up to six fixed icons at different times Normally they are not all displayed at the same time Left and right fixed icons Press Alto return to the home screen Press 4 to view help about the current screen Press K to go to the previous item Press J to go to the next item Press bs to go back to the previous screen This does not discard any changes made in the current screen Press MM to cancel the current process Home screen dynamic icons The following items are displayed only on the home screen ENWW Press Eel to reach the information screen where you can view information about printer and scan status change printer settings or initiate actions such as loading paper or replacing ink supplies Press ry to release the paper from the scanner If there is no paper in the scanner this button is not displayed To the right of the above button is a message showing the printer status or the most important current alert Press to print a file See Printing on page 68 The front panel 9 10 Press to scan a sheet of paper and store the image in a file either in a network folder or in a USB flash drive See Scanning on page 84 Press LJ to copy a sheet of paper scan and print See Copying on page 88 Press to view and manage the print and scan job queues A smaller warning icon appears if there are jobs on hold See Job queue management on page 103
111. d then it starts to print This is the slowest setting but ensures the best print quality in large or complex prints e When Immediately is selected the printer prints the page as it is processed This is the quickest setting but the printer may stop halfway through a print to process data This setting is not recommended for complex images with dense color e When Optimized is selected this is the default setting the printer calculates the best time to begin printing the page It is usually the best compromise between the After Processing and Immediately settings Prioritize a job in the queue You can select any job in the queue and make it the next one to be printed After selecting the job click Reprint If nesting is turned on the prioritized job may still be nested with others If you really want this job to be printed next and not nested with others first turn nesting off and then move it to the front of the queue as described above Delete a job from the queue Under normal circumstances there is no need to delete a job from the queue after printing it as it will just fall off the end of the queue as more files are sent However if you have sent a file in error and want to avoid printing it you can simply select the job and then select Delete In the same way you can delete a job that has not been printed yet If the job is currently being printed its status is printing you can select Cancel and then Delete Repr
112. dded Web Server You can change the alert settings in various ways to display all some or none of the available alerts Turn usage information on and off 31 To access alert settings under Windows e Select Alert Settings in the Tools menu of the HP Designjet Utility e Select Alert Settings in any alert page displayed by the HP Designjet Utility e Right click the system tray icon of the HP Designjet Utility and select Alert Settings In the Alert Settings window you can use the Alerting slider to turn off alerts completely Alternatively you can choose when if ever to display critical or non critical alerts To access alert settings under Mac OS X e Open HP Printer Monitor preferences select your printer and then Customize Alerts so that you can set each individual alert to appear in specific cases and with a specific time interval e Name HP Desi Reload Details Model HP Desig eT Our ae Connection Bon IP Address 16 23 8 Turn Monitoring Off Serial Number CN27NQ Go to HP Utility You can turn off alerts completely by unchecking the Show monitor status in menu bar box in the Notifications tab of the HP Printer Monitor preferences If you leave that box checked but uncheck the Notify me when alert appears box as below the alerts will be available in the HP Printer Monitor but will not pop up in the Dock screen ar Preferences General Monitoring Notifications m Show monitor st
113. dge of the same color ready Insert a cartridge of the correct color See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 You are recommended to install an HP original ink system for optimum system performance Replace the cartridge See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Ensure that you have a new cartridge of the same color ready Insert a printhead See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Remove the non functional printhead and insert a new printhead See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Remove and reinsert the same printhead or try cleaning the electrical connections If necessary insert a new printhead See The front panel display recommends reseating or replacing the printhead on page 227 The printhead s warranty has ended because of the length of time it has been in operation because of the volume of ink used or because non HP ink has been used in the system See the limited warranty document Restart the printhead replacement process Replace the cartridge See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Replace the cartridge Check the supported ink cartridges and see Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Remove and reinsert the same cartridge See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 ENWW Table 27 2 Numerical error codes Error code 05 5 10 08 04 08 08 09 01 09 02 09 04 39 1 01 39 2 01 61 01
114. diagnostic plot The plot should look like If you see an image resembling the incorrect examples below call HP support and report an incorrect paper advance problem Vertical black band 20 cm wide Actions ENWW Your scanner contains various different CIS modules each of which covers an area 20 cm 7 9 in wide If one of the modules fails and the scanner hardware check does not detect the failure you may see a black vertical band corresponding to the area covered by a single CIS module in your scanned image or copy Here is an example on the right Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example 1 Open the lid of the scanner and check that the five CIS modules show blinking red green and blue lights alternately If a module is failing call HP support and report a CIS module illumination error 2 If all the modules lit up correctly in the previous step restart the scanner by turning it off and on again If you find an error message on the front panel during this operation call HP support and report the error message If no error message appears try repeating your scan Vertical black band 20 cm wide 215 3 Ifthe problem persists try to calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 If this operation fails call HP support with the error code given on the front panel If no error code appears try to repeat your scan 4 Ifthe problem persists call HP
115. dows then you must use the IPv4 address instead of the name of the remote computer On IPv6 networks the IPv6 address is also supported For an FTP folder enter the server name folder name user name and password Leave the user domain empty ENWW Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder 25 3 Click Add to save the configuration Ef NOTE If the product has already been configured for scanning to the network and you now want to use a different shared folder click Modify 4 The printer automatically checks that it can access the network folder If not see Cannot access the network folder on page 200 You can check at any later time that the shared folder remains accessible by clicking Verify in the Embedded Web Server A correctly configured shared folder can become inaccessible if the user s password is changed or if the shared folder is moved or deleted Example Create a scan to network folder under Windows 1 Create anew user account for the scanner user on the remote computer You can use an existing user account for this purpose but it is not recommended 2 Create anew folder on the remote computer unless you want to use an existing folder 3 Right click the folder and select Properties 4 Inthe Sharing tab click the Advanced Sharing button General Sharing Security Previous Versions Customize Network File and Folder Sharing My Scans Not Shared Network Path No
116. e offset stock Japan Web Coated Ad uses specifications developed by the Japan Magazine Publisher Association for digital proofing of images in the Japanese magazine advertising market Japan Color 2001 Coated uses the Japan Color 2001 specification for type 3 coated paper It is designed to produce quality separations using 350 total ink coverage positive film and coated paper Japan Color 2001 Uncoated uses the Japan Color 2001 specification for type 4 uncoated paper It is designed to produce quality separations using 310 total ink coverage positive film and uncoated paper Japan Color 2002 Newspaper uses the Japan Color 2002 for Newspapers specification It is designed to produce quality separations using 240 total ink coverage positive film and standard newsprint paper Japan Color 2003 WebCoated is for type 3 coated paper It is designed to produce quality separations for standard ISO printing using 320 total ink coverage positive film and coated paper on heat set web offset presses JMPA Japanese standard for offset press Toyo is designed to produce quality separations for Toyo printing presses DIC is designed to produce quality separations for Dainippon Ink Company printing presses Ee NOTE These options have no effect if the application is defining its own CMYK space known as calibrated CMYK or CIEBasedDEFG in PostScript terminology RGB color emulation Your printer is provided with the following color profi
117. e Embedded Web Server will send you a file with the extension trb containing the system error log Alternatively select the Support tab then Service Support gt Download Diagnostic Package 238 Chapter 27 Front panel error messages ENWW 28 ENWW HP Customer Care e Introduction e HP Professional Services e HP Proactive Support e Customer Self Repair e Contact HP Support 239 Introduction HP Customer Care offers award winning support to ensure you get the most from your HP Designjet providing comprehensive proven support expertise and new technologies to give you unique end to end support Services include setup and installation troubleshooting tools warranty upgrades repair and exchange services phone and Web support software updates and self maintenance services To find out more about HP Customer Care please visit us at http www hp com go graphic arts or call us on the telephone see Contact HP Support on page 242 O TIP By taking just a few minutes to register you can improve your experience with HP and enjoy more efficient support Click http register hp com to start Also click http www hp com go alerts to get connected with HP Designjet updates including product fixes and enhancements HP Professional Services HP Support Center Enjoy a world of dedicated services and resources to ensure you always get the best performance from your HP Designjet printers and solutions Join the HP commu
118. e Press to view information about the USB flash drive This icon appears only when a USB flash drive is inserted Press EA to access available applications See http www hp com go designjeteprinters This icon appears only when one or more applications are installed Information screen To reach the information screen press Eel on the home screen Paper information Ready Ready Not loaded Se y m Stacker Roll 1 mt F Information screen dynamic icons Press EJ for information about the paper status Press ry for information about the ink cartridge status Press TH for information about the printhead status Press EJ for information about the network status Press KJ for a list of alerts Press E for information about the printer Press EJ to view and change printer or scan settings Sleep mode Sleep mode puts the printer into a reduced power state after a period of inactivity turning off the front panel display to save energy Printer features can be enabled from this mode and the printer maintains network connectivity waking up only as necessary The printer can be woken from sleep mode by the Power button by sending a print job or by lifting the scanner opening a roll cover or opening the stacker cover The printer Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW wakes up in several seconds more quickly than if it is completely turned off While in sleep mode the Power button blinks To chan
119. e all the above actions contact your customer service representative for further support Lines appear stepped or jagged If lines in your image appear stepped or jagged when printed 1 The problem may be inherent in the image Try to improve the image with the application you are using to edit it 2 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Printing on page 68 3 Select the custom print quality options in the driver dialog and turn on the Maximum detail option if available Lines print double or in the wrong colors This problem can have various visible symptoms e Colored lines are printed double in different colors e The borders of colored blocks are wrongly colored To correct this kind of problem 188 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW 1 2 Align the printhead See Align the printhead on page 228 Reseat the printhead by removing and then reinserting it See Remove the printhead on page 145 and Insert the printhead on page 148 Lines are discontinuous If your lines are broken in the following way Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings See Printing on page 68 When printing on uncoated paper in Fast mode try loading the paper as Bright Bond Align the printhead See Align the printhead on page 228 Reseat the printhead by removing and then reinserting it See Remove the printhead on page 145 and Insert the printhead on page 148
120. e for your print server model Front panel menu items Menu item TCP IP ENWW Sub menu item Sub menu item Values and Description Host Name An alphanumeric string up to 32 characters used to identify the device This name is listed on the HP Jetdirect configuration page The default host name is NPIxxxxxx where xxxxxx is the last six digits of the LAN hardware MAC address IPV4 Settings Config Method Specifies the method that TCP IPv4 parameters will be configured on the HP Jetdirect print server Bootp Use BootP Bootstrap Protocol for automatic configuration from a BootP server DHCP default Use DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol for automatic configuration from a DHCPv4 server If selected and a DHCP lease exists DHCP Release and DHCP Renew menus are available to set DHCP lease options Auto IP Use automatic link local IPv4 addressing An address in the form 169 254 x x is assigned automatically Manual Use the Manual Settings menu to configure TCP IPv4 parameters DHCP Release This menu appears if Config Method was set to DHCP and a DHCP lease for the print server exists No default The current DHCP lease is saved Yes The current DHCP lease and the leased IP address are released Control network protocols 39 40 Menu item Sub menu item Sub menu item DHCP Renew Manual Settings Default IP Primary DNS Secondary DNS IPV6 Settings Enable Address Chapter 4 Netw
121. e image when scanning glossy originals e Vertical red and green bands over white or black background e Thestop start effect e Vibration e Horizontal periodical banding e Defocus blurring and fading colors e Incorrect paper advance skew during scanning or horizontal wrinkles e Vertical black band 20 cm wide e The scanner damages some originals e Completely wrong colors e Vertical distortion e Object replication ghosting e Clipping or incorrect scale factor when down scaling in copies and prints e Incorrect edge detection mostly when scanning tracing paper e A copied or scanned image is very skewed In this chapter the most common defects and failure modes are shown sorted by relevance and frequency of appearance A defect is a common image artifact that usually appears when using any CIS scanner These are 201 due to incorrect settings product limitations or easily solvable mistakes A failure mode is due to malfunctions of some of the scanner components Some of the corrective actions proposed here require the use of the Scanner Diagnostic Plot which you can print and scan as indicated in he scanner diagnostic plot on page 220 Please do not use any printed version of this guide to test the scanner as the resolution of the images included here is insufficient Use the diagnostic plot when recommended in response to any of the errors described in this chapter Random vertical lines This is one of the most common i
122. e printer and all other parts of the printer that you regularly touch as part of normal operation with a damp sponge or a soft cloth and a mild household cleaner such as non abrasive liquid soap AN WARNING To avoid an electric shock make sure that the printer is turned off and unplugged before you clean it Do not let water get inside the printer AN CAUTION Do not use abrasive cleaners on the printer Maintain the ink cartridges During the normal lifetime of a cartridge no specific maintenance is required However in order to maintain the best print quality replace a cartridge when it reaches its expiration date The printer s front panel notifies you when any cartridge reaches its expiration date You can also check a cartridge s expiration date at any time see Check printer status on page 152 See also Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Move or store the printer If you need to move or store the printer prepare it correctly to avoid possible damage to it To prepare the printer follow the instructions below 1 2 Do not remove the ink cartridges or printhead Make sure that no paper is loaded Make sure that the printer is idle Disconnect any cables connecting the printer to a network or a computer If the stacker seems likely to impede the movement of the printer through doorways you can fold it out of the way by removing two screws If you need to leave the printer turned off for a long time fo
123. eed of the hub switch port A 1000T half duplex selection is not supported 10T Half 10 Mbps half duplex operation 10T Full 10 Mbps Full duplex operation 100TX Half 100 Mbps half duplex operation 100TX Full 100 Mbps full duplex operation 100TX Auto Limits auto negotiation to a maximum link speed of 100 Mbps 1000TX Full 1000 Mbps full duplex operation Embedded services Key networking services embedded in the printer are listed below For the latest features and services visit http www hp com go jetdirect e Configuration and Management o BootP DHCP IPv4 only 9 DHCPv6 o TFTP IPv4 only o Web Proxy Automatic Manual cURL o LLMNR o Telnet IPv4 only o SNMP v1 v2c v3 agents 42 Chapter 4 Network configuration ENWW Bonjour for Mac OS X FTP File Transfer Protocol o WS Discovery Microsoft Web Services Embedded Web Server HTTP TCP port 80 o Embedded Web Server HTTPS TCP port 443 o IP Security IPsec e Printing o Raw IP printing HP proprietary TCP ports 9100 9101 9102 LPD printing TCP port 515 o IPP printing TCP port 631 FTP printing TCP ports 20 21 o WS Print Microsoft Web Services e Security o SNMP v3 o SSL TLS i 802 1X authentication WEP WPA WPA2 LEAP PEAP and EAP TLS o Firewall Supported network protocols The supported network protocols and popular network printing environments that use those protocols are l
124. eels are locked the brake lever is pressed down to prevent the printer from moving AN CAUTION Printhead replacement must be performed with the printer powered on 1 From the front panel press Eel then B then Replace printhead Alternatively press CA then ol then Ink gt Replace printhead The front panel may ask whether the replacement printhead is new or used E NOTE You can cancel the process at any time by pressing B 2 The carriage moves automatically to the left side of the printer N CAUTION If the carriage is left in the removal position for more than three minutes without inserting or removing the printhead it tries to move back to its normal position in the right hand end ENWW Remove the printhead 145 3 The front panel asks you to lift the scanner 4 5 146 Chapter 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead ENWW 6 Pull the blue cover back towards you raising the black piece to which it is attached 7 ENWW Remove the printhead 147 9 Lift the printhead out of the carriage Insert the printhead E NOTE You cannot insert a new printhead successfully if a connected ink cartridge has not enough ink to complete the printhead replacement process In this case you should replace the ink cartridge before inserting the new printhead You can use the old cartridge later if it still contains some ink 1 Insert the new printhead A CAUTION Insert the printhead slowl
125. efore it goes into sleep mode go to the front panel and press T then o then Setup gt Front panel options gt Sleep mode wait time Select the wait time you want and then press OK you can set the time from 1 to 240 minutes The default time is 30 minutes Change the auto off setting To help save energy the printer is supplied with an auto off automatic power management feature enabled which turns the printer off automatically after a period of inactivity However when the printer is connected to a network the auto off feature is automatically disabled to avoid inconveniencing network users Ex NOTE The auto off feature is different from sleep mode it turns the printer off completely To turn it back on use the Power button as usual You can configure the auto off feature from the front panel you can set it to turn off the printer after 2 to 12 hours of inactivity or disable auto off entirely Press Eel then ol then Setup gt Front panel options gt Auto off Change the loudspeaker volume To change the volume of the printer s loudspeaker go to the front panel and press Fel then o then Setup gt Front panel options gt Speaker volume and select Off Low or High 46 Chapter5 Personalizing the printer ENWW Change the front panel display brightness To change the brightness of the front panel display press fel then ol then Setup gt Front panel options gt Display brightness and select a value you want Press O
126. ely The other methods will probably provide a more pleasing range of colors but do not guarantee that any particular color will be printed accurately It maps the white of the input space to the white of the paper on which you are printing Absolute colorimetric proofing the same as relative colorimetric but without mapping the white This rendering is also used mainly for proofing where the goal is to simulate the output of one printer including its white point Perform black point compensation The black point compensation option controls whether to adjust for differences in black points when converting colors between color spaces When this option is selected the full dynamic range of the source space is mapped into the full dynamic range of the destination space It can be very useful in preserving shadows when the black point of the source space is darker than that of the destination space This option is allowed only when the Relative colorimetric rendering intent is selected see Rendering intent on page 119 Color management from the front panel ENWW You can color calibrate the loaded paper type from the front panel by pressing Eel then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Calibrate color See Color calibration on page 111 The other color options in the front panel can all be found by pressing Fel then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Color options Color management from the front panel 119 Ef NOTE Th
127. enance kits are available for your printer containing components that may need to be replaced after long use When one of them is needed a message is displayed on the front panel and by the HP Utility When you see the message you should contact HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 and request the maintenance kit The kits are installed by service engineers only Secure File Erase The printer s hard disk is used as a temporary storage area for print jobs Secure File Erase can erase your temporary files from the hard disk to protect them from unauthorized access It begins to do so as soon as you turn it on but old temporary files that were already on the hard disk are not erased retroactively If you want to erase the old files too see Disk Wipe on page 155 Secure File Erase provides three different levels of security e Non Secure all pointers to the information are erased The information itself remains on the hard disk until the disk space it occupies is needed for other purposes and it is then overwritten While it remains on the disk it is difficult for most people to access but may be accessed using software designed for 154 Chapter17 Printer maintenance ENWW the purpose This is the normal method in which files are erased on most computer systems it is the fastest method but the least secure e Secure Fast Erase 1 pass all pointers to the information are erased and the information itself is also overwritten wi
128. ent papers can be scanned with good results although totally transparent papers are not supported Nevertheless the resulting image may have extra margins or some clipping of the content in some situations when detection of the edge of the paper is not accurate which may also happen when scanning plain paper if the glass plate is dirty In order to avoid these undesired effects please follow these recommendations Actions 218 Chapter 23 Carefully clean the scanner s glass plate and the original to be scanned with a cloth Turn the original 90 degrees if possible and re scan it afterwards Remember to select Translucent as the paper type at the scanner if your original is translucent If the problem persists please calibrate your scanner and re scan your original again afterwards If the problem persists in the case of translucent paper attach a sheet of white paper to the back of the Original to be scanned Remember to select White paper as the paper type for the scanner in this case Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW A copied or scanned image Is very skewed Originals are often loaded into the scanner with some degree of skew In order to correct for this unavoidable problem the scanner has a built in automatic de skew algorithm which measures the skew in the original and rotates the scanned image so that the result is perfectly straight However in some cases the de skew algorithm may increase the skew rather than correcti
129. er s screen then select Devices and Settings In the Devices and Settings window right click your printer s icon and select Printing Preferences Any settings you change in the Printing Preferences window will be saved as default values for the current user To set the default values for all users of your system right click the printer s icon select Printer Properties go to the Advanced tab and select Printing Defaults Any settings you change in the printing defaults will be saved for all users Other settings such as Delivery Option constraint referring to the stacker s manual and normal modes can be changed in the printer properties To do this press the Start button select Devices and Settings right click your printer s icon and select Printer Properties Select the Device Settings tab to define the new default values E m HP Designjet T1500 HPGL2 Properties General Sharing Ports Advanced Color Management Security Device Settings About m Advanced Features Show printer information Yes BOA a Enabled v Chapter 3 Setting up the printer ENWW 4 ENWW Network configuration e Introduction e Verify correct operation e Preconfigure network settings if required e Add the printer to your network system e Troubleshooting e Reset network parameters e Control network protocols e Front panel menu items Embedded services Supported network protocols 35 Introd
130. es Note that there is a black ring near the center of pattern 7 In this step you must look at the region near the black ring If you can see discontinuities in the black and white lines call HP support and report a defocus or blurring error Incorrect paper advance skew during scanning or horizontal wrinkles You may encounter problems with some thick glossy originals being moved through the scanner s paper path In some cases the original may become skewed during the scanning process If some of the paper rollers are not working correctly you may find small horizontal wrinkles in the scanned image due to the paper being stuck in some regions while not in others 214 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW Actions 1 Turn your original 90 degrees and repeat your scan 2 Ifthe problem persists open the scanner lid Clean the motor wheels small black rubber and the pressure rolls wide white plastic Check that all the pressure rolls can move freely If you find dust particles or objects that obstruct the movement of the rollers try to remove them then close the scanner lid and repeat your scan 3 Ifthe problem persists restart the scanner by turning it off and on again If you find an error message on the front panel during this operation call HP support and report the error message If no error message appears try repeating your scan 4 Ifthe problem persists analyze patterns 4 13 and 14 of the
131. es these formats are used for photographs and other images that do not include margins This means that to print a 914 mm 36 in TIFF the printer needs to add margins and the drawing needs 925 mm 36 4 in of paper to be printed this would cause the job to be put on hold if the paper that is loaded on the printer is only 914 mm 36 in wide If you wish to print these file formats without adding extra margins outside of the drawing the Clip contents by margins option can be used This option will force the margins to be set inside of the drawing so a 914 mm 36 in TIFF can be printed on a 914 mm 36 in roll of paper without being put on hold However if there is no white space already included in the drawing s borders some contents could be clipped because of the margins Ef NOTE If you choose the option Match exact size your job will be printed only on paper whose width exactly matches the width of the job The paper has jammed in the print platen When a paper jam occurs you normally see the Possible paper jam message in the front panel display anda system error 81 01 or 86 01 1 Lift the scanner 176 Chapter 20 Troubleshooting paper issues ENWW ENWW The paper has jammed inthe print platen 177 4 Cut the paper with a pair of scissors 178 Chapter 20 Troubleshooting paper issues ENWW 6 Manually rewind paper onto the roll 7 Ifthe leading edge of the paper is ragged trim it carefully with scissors
132. es not prevent the cartridge from working normally in other respects However if you change your mind later you can restore the factory defaults to resume collecting printer usage information 150 Chapter 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead ENWW 17 Printer maintenance e Check printer status e Clean the exterior of the printer e Maintain the ink cartridges e Move or store the printer e Update the firmware Update the software Printer maintenance kits Secure File Erase e Disk Wipe ENWW 151 Check printer status You can check the current status of the printer in various ways If you start the HP Utility and select your printer you see a page of information describing the status of the printer and its paper and ink supplies If you access the Embedded Web Server you see information about the general status of the printer The Supplies page in the Main tab describes the status of the paper and ink supplies At the front panel you can press for information about paper ink levels ink cartridges and printhead If there is a current problem you are taken automatically to the area with the most urgent problem If there are any current alerts the upper row of the home screen shows the top priority alert Press the alert message to see the tab in which this alert is shown and the problem can be solved Press and KJ to see the list of alerts Clean the exterior of the printer Clean the outside of th
133. ese front panel settings can all be overridden by the printer driver or Embedded Web Server job submission settings e Color Grayscale you can choose to print in color in shades of gray or in black and white Default Print in color e Select RGB source profile you can choose from a selection of RGB source profiles recognized by the printer Default SRGB e Emulate printer you can choose to emulate a different HP Designjet printer Default Off no printer emulation 9 TIP If you have old HP GL 2 or PostScript files made for a different HP Designjet printer you can send them to the printer and use the front panel to turn on the appropriate emulation mode T2500 PS options with PostScript or PDF jobs e Select CMYK source profile you can choose from a selection of CMYK source profiles recognized by the printer Default US Coated SWOP v2 e Select rendering intent you can select the rendering intent Default Perceptual e Black point compensation you can turn black point compensation on or off Default On e HP Professional PANTONE Emulation you can turn HP Professional PANTONE Emulation on or off Default On Color management and the scanner The files obtained from your scanner TIFF JPEG PDF contain an embedded ICC profile corresponding to the type of paper selected prior to making the scan When you load these files into any image reader software application the information of the ICC profile is automatical
134. essed down to prevent the printer from moving Ef NOTE When a cartridge runs out of ink the current job is not automatically cancelled unless you cancel it manually it will resume printing when the empty cartridge has been replaced If there is a delay in replacing the cartridge you may see some banding on the print 1 From the front panel press fel then ow then Replace ink cartridges Alternatively press Eel then ol then Ink gt Replace ink cartridges ENWW About the ink cartridges 141 2 Open the ink cartridge cover on the left or right hand side of the printer E NOTE Avoid touching the end of the cartridge that is inserted into the printer as there may be ink on the connection Ef NOTE Avoid storing partially used ink cartridges 5 The front panel display identifies the missing ink cartridge Insert an ink cartridge 1 Before removing the cartridge from its wrapping shake it vigorously 142 Chapter 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead ENWW 2 Unwrap the new ink cartridge find the label identifying the ink color Check that the letter or letters in these illustrations M for magenta marking the empty slot matches the letter or letters on the cartridge label 3 Insert the ink cartridge into its slot photo black gray and matte black on the left cyan magenta and yellow on the right 4 Push the cartridge into the slot until it snaps into position You should hear a beep and see conf
135. esseess 193 Horizontal lines at the end of a cut sheet print 00000000n000000000000eeeeeesseseeeeeeeeeeseeerrecresseessssssssssssssssseeeeeseeeeese 193 Vertical bands of different colors ssccccssssscccsssscccsssssesecsssesccesssseesessssnesecsssaesecessneeseessneesecessaesecesssseeeeees 193 White spots on the Drit caccsuseusniosnesracsousounessianiacnstescbecninseainonssicleomuidsesnusesosiesaicwslassmnnuectileweucinasesneeseousensuduseenacabecticesne 194 Colors are ACCU AGE sern S 194 ENWW vii Colors are fading gsc tere viens ccs nc ccacvcenct stesmacndecadscasek vestveseaanaseve stunt ani ra aeiia rS aa Ea aaa aaraa iai Fiosan 195 The image is incomplete clipped at the bottom uu eee ccsceccecsssecsecssscsscsssscsscssscsscsssecsscssssssesssseassesseeaes 195 TILE MAAS iS Gpp E censa A A 195 Some objects are missing from the printed image ccccssssccecssscccssseccesssecccesseesecsssesecssseeeessseeeesesseeeeees 196 A PDF file is clipped or objects are missing ccccssssscccssssscccsesseccssssesecsssseecesesseeeesesseseceesseseeeseeeseeseseeseees 196 The Image Diagnostics Print x ccisesectecveciesscseaeiauapevesuwaeyveianseeedeuavaisuseeseesaue eves eese couse quaeouee ote ageoueetenteenie erect 196 If you Still have a problem ceessssccessssececessscsecsssseccessseceesessesecsssnesecesseesecessaesecsesesecessseeecsssseeeesesseeeeeesaes 198 22 Troubleshooting scanner iSsues ce
136. ever if you plan to store the printer for a long period or the Power key does not seem to work you are recommended to turn it off using the power switch at the rear 12 Chapter Introduction ENWW To turn it back on use the power switch at the rear When the printer is powered back on it takes about 3 minutes to initialize and check and prepare the printhead Preparing the printhead takes about 75 seconds However if the printer has been off for 2 weeks Or more preparing the printhead could take up to 7 minutes plus 13 minutes if it needs a printhead recovery See also Sleep mode on page 10 and Change the auto off setting on page 46 The printer s internal prints ENWW The internal prints give various kinds of information about your printer They can be requested from the front panel Before requesting any internal print check that the printer and the paper are ready for printing e The loaded paper should be at least A3 landscape 420 mm 16 53in wide otherwise the print may be clipped e The front panel should be displaying the Ready message To print any internal print press Eel then o then scroll down to Internal prints and press it then select the internal print you want The following internal prints are available e Demo prints show some of the capabilities of the printer o Print drawing demo o Print rendering demo o Print GIS map e User information prints o Usage report shows estimates of the total num
137. f the image may be clipped To print the whole image try these suggestions Try using the PostScript printer driver to print your job if you have not already tried it The Windows HP GL 2 driver dialog includes an option called Max application resolution which enables you to print successfully in this situation You will not normally need to change the default setting which is Auto However you can find the option in the Advanced tab under Document Options gt Printer Features Save the file in another format such as TIFF or EPS and open it with another application Use a RIP to print the file Some objects are missing from the printed image Large quantities of data may be necessary to print a high quality large format print job and in some specific workflows there may be issues that can lead to some objects missing from the output Here are some suggestions to help you to avoid this problem Try using the PostScript printer driver to print your job if you have not already tried it Select a smaller page size and scale to the desired final page size in the driver or in the front panel Save the file in another format such as TIFF or EPS and open it with another application Use a RIP to print the file Reduce the resolution of bitmap images in your application software Select a lower print quality in order to reduce the resolution of the printed image Ef NOTE If you are working under Mac OS X not all of these options a
138. fy the IP address n n n n of a Secondary Domain Name System DNS Server NOTE This item will appear only if Manual configuration is a higher priority than DHCP in the Config Precedence table configured through the embedded Web server Use this item to enable or disable IPv6 operation on the print server Off IPv6 is disabled On default IPv6 is enabled Use this item to manually configure an IPv6 address Manual Settings Use the Manual Settings menu to enable and manually configure a TCP IPv6 address Enable Select this item and choose On to enable manual configuration or Off to disable manual configuration Address Use this item to type a 32 hexadecimal digit IPv6 node address that uses the colon hexadecimal syntax ENWW Menu item Security Secure Web ENWW Sub menu item Sub menu item DHCPV6 Policy Primary DNS Secondary DNS Proxy Server Proxy Port Print Sec Page Values and Description Router Specified The stateful auto configuration method to be used by the print server is determined by a router The router specifies whether the print server obtains its address its configuration information or both froma DHCPv6 server Router Unavailable If a router is not available the print server should attempt to obtain its stateful configuration from a DHCPV6 server Always Whether or not a router is available the print server always attempts to obtain its stateful configuration fr
139. g a roll check whether there is paper on the roll or if the roll is out of paper and follow the appropriate procedure as described below Quick procedure with paper on the roll If there is paper on the roll just open the roll cover and the roll is unloaded automatically The front panel prompts you to load a new roll or sheet E NOTE When the roll is unloaded in this way no barcode is printed on it so the printer will not know the length of the roll when it is next loaded See Printing paper info on page 63 E NOTE If you open the a roll cover while a sheet is loaded the sheet is also unloaded Front panel procedure with paper on the roll If there is paper on the roll you can unload it from the front panel 1 Press CA then EJ if it is not already highlighted then the roll icon then Unload Alternatively press CA then ol then Paper gt Paper unload gt Unload roll 1 or Unload roll 2 2 You may need to open the roll cover ENWW Unload a roll 57 Load a single sheet 1 Ensure that both roll covers are closed If a roll cover is opened while a sheet is loaded the sheet is immediately unloaded A WARNING Do not load the sheet before starting the loading process from the front panel 2 At the front panel press Eel then EJ if it is not already highlighted then the sheet icon then Load gt Load sheet Alternatively press Fel then ol then Paper gt Paper load gt Load sheet 3 Ifa rollis already
140. g you if you are trying to print locally or remotely through the Cloud Select the option Print remotely through the cloud and sign in to your account then continue printing normally Ef NOTE When printing through the Cloud no print preview is available You can specify a paper source and generate the print preview Print by email After you have enabled Web Services you can print to your printer by email You can find the printer s email address from the front panel press CA then Sl Then send the file you want to print to that email address as an attachment In this way you can print from anywhere with an Internet connection without needing any printer driver There are a few limitations that you should bear in mind e The attached files to be printed must be in PDF JPEG or TIFF formats e The maximum file size is 10 MB but your email server may have a lower limit e Files are printed in the original document size at 100 scale in normal quality in color and normally in portrait orientation some printers may offer autorotation Print from a smartphone or tablet The HP Designjet ePrint amp Share apps enable you to access files on your mobile device or in HP Designjet ePrint amp Share and print them to an HP Designjet Web connected printer You can obtain these apps from the following sources e http www hp com go designjeteprinters e Your smartphone s application storefront For the latest information see ht
141. ge the time that elapses before sleep mode press rel then o then Setup gt Front panel options gt Sleep mode wait time You can set a time between 1 and 240 minutes the default time is 30 minutes Printer Monitoring with the Print Spooler and Remote Printer Management with the HP Utility and Web JetAdmin continue to be available during sleep mode Some remote management tasks offer the option of remotely waking up the printer if needed to perform the task Printer software The following software is provided with your printer The HP GL 2 driver for Windows The HP PCL3GUI raster driver for Mac OS X non PostScript printers PostScript drivers for Windows and Mac OS X PostScript printers HP Designjet HP GL 2 Driver Preview with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share The Embedded Web Server and alternatively the HP Utility allow you to o Manage the printer from a remote computer the Embedded Web Server is recommended for this purpose o View the status of the ink cartridges the printhead and the paper o Update the printer s firmware see Update the firmware on page 153 o Perform calibrations and troubleshooting o Submit print jobs o Manage the job queue see Job queue management on page 103 o View job accounting information see Retrieving printer usage information on page 136 o Change various printer settings o Manage e mail notifications o Change permissions and security settings Set network destinations for scan
142. gestions in this guide e Review the relevant driver documentation e Ifyou have installed third party software drivers and RIPs see their documentation e _ If you call one of the Hewlett Packard offices please have the following information available to help us answer your questions more quickly o The product you are using the product number and the serial number found on the label at the back of the product o If there is an error code on the front panel note it down see Front panel error messages on page 236 The product s Service ID at the front panel press fel then then S o The computer you are using o Any special equipment or software you are using for example spoolers networks switch boxes modems or special software drivers o The cable you are using by part number and where you purchased it o The software name and version you are currently using o If possible print out the following reports from the front panel you may be asked to fax or email them to the support center helping you Configuration Usage Report and all pages above from Service Information see The printer s internal prints on page 13 Alternatively in the Embedded Web Server go to Support gt Service support gt Printer information gt All pages How to contact HP Support You can review latest information related to your product and get chat assistance at http www hp com go getsupport You can also get chat a
143. h HP Matte Film roll feed Table 29 6 Graphic languages supported HP Designjet Languages T2500 HP PCL3GUI HP GL 2 and HP RTL CALS G4 TIFF JPEG URF T2500 PS HP PCL3GUI HP GL 2 and HP RTL CALS G4 TIFF JPEG URF Adobe PDF 1 7 Adobe PostScript 3 Scanner TIFF JPEG PDF Physical specifications Table 29 7 Printer physical specifications Weight 109 kg 240 lb Width 1399 mm 55 08 in Depth 916 mm 36 1 in stacker and basket open 693 mm 27 3 in stacker and basket closed Height 1110 mm 43 7 in stacker and front panel deployed 950 mm 37 4 in stacker and front panel folded Physical specifications 245 Memory specifications Table 29 8 Memory specifications HP Designjet Physical DRAM Virtual file processing Hard disk memory T2500 series 1 5 GB 128 GB 320 GB Power specifications Table 29 9 Printer power specifications Source 100 240 V ac 10 auto ranging Frequency 50 60 Hz Current lt 4 2A Consumption lt 330 W Environmental specifications Table 29 10 Printer environmental specifications Operating temperature 5 to 40 C 41 to 104 F Recommended operating temperature 15 to 35 C 59 to 95 F depending on paper type Storage temperature 25 to 55 C 13 to 131 F Recommended operating humidity 20 to 80 RH depending on paper type Storage humidity 0 to 95 RH Acoustic specifications Printer acoustic specifications declared according to ISO 9296
144. hapter8 Printing ENWW Press the Add files button to choose the files from your computer that you want to print The files must be in one of the following formats e HP GL 2 e RIL e TIFF e JPEG e PDF PostScript printers only e PostScript PostScript printers only Ef NOTE When you print to a file the file should be in one of the above formats but its name may have an extension such as plt or prn If the files are not in one of these formats they will not be printed successfully If the jobs have been generated with the appropriate settings such as page size rotation resizing and number of copies you can just press the Print button and they will be sent to the printer If you need to specify printing settings go to the Job settings section and select the options you need Each option has explanatory text on the right so that you can understand the behavior of each setting Remember that if you leave the setting as Default the setting saved in the job will be used If the job contains no setting the setting in the printer will be used If you have chosen some non default settings and expect to reuse the same group of settings in the future you can save them all under a single name from the Manage presets tab and recall them using that name later Print from a computer using a printer driver This is the traditional way of printing from a computer The correct printer driver must be installed on the computer see Inst
145. hare e Print by email e Print from a smartphone or tablet e View and print from the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share website e Print from HP Designjet ePrint amp Share using the printer s front panel e Scan to an email address e View and print from other content repositories e Create your Online Print History e Share files in your Online Print History HP Designjet ePrint amp Share security 90 Chapter11 Web connected printing ENWW Introduction Your printer can be connected to the Web providing various benefits Automatic firmware updates see Update the firmware on page 153 Print on HP ePrinters from almost anywhere Print on HP ePrinters from almost any device including smartphones tablets and laptops For the latest information see http www hp com go designjeteprinters Ee NOTE You can print by email from any device capable of sending email HP Designjet ePrint amp Share requires an HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account an Internet connection to the printer and a connected Internet capable device running Windows Android or iOS see http www hp com go eprintandshare for full information Data or connection charges may apply Print times may vary Enable Cloud printing for your printer If you are working from home and you want to print to your office printer you can print through the Cloud with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share You need to enable Cloud printing only once for your printer in
146. he black end N WARNING Do not insert your fingers into the spindle supports during the removal process 52 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW 3 The spindle has a stop at each end The blue stop can move along the spindle and has a latch to lock it in place Open the latch and remove the blue stop from the end of the spindle 4 _ f there is already a roll or core on the spindle remove it 5 Ifthe rollis long rest it horizontally on a table and insert the spindle into it O TIP You may need two people to handle a large roll 6 Slide the new roll onto the spindle Make sure the paper type is oriented as shown If it is not remove the roll turn it 180 degrees and slide it back on to the spindle There are labels on the spindle showing the correct orientation Ee NOTE From the front of the printer the blue stop should be inserted into the right side holder Ensure both ends of the roll are as close to the spindle stops as possible ENWW Load a roll onto the spindle 53 7 Put the blue stop onto the open end of the spindle and push it towards the end of the roll 8 Ensure that the blue stop is pushed in as far as it goes until both ends are against the stops then close the latch If you are a regular user of different paper types you can change rolls more quickly if you preload rolls of different paper types on different spindles Extra spindles are available for purchase see Supplies and accessories on page 1
147. he front panel 6 When you are ready to scan press the Start button 7 Ifyou have not already done so feed the document into the scanner as shown centered and facing up _ Please feed the original into the scanner centered and facing up 8 Whenthe scan is complete the scan results are displayed You can press the event name or the file name to change it you can press the magnifying glass icon to preview the scan Ef NOTE The file name must end with pdf If all is well and the scanned file is within your quota press the Next button to continue If the file exceeds your quota or if the preview looks wrong you can press Scan again to change the scan settings and try again Scan details Event name HPSCNOO0 3 File name HPSCNOO 3 pdf File size 0 00 KB Available quota 3 44 GB Scan again Continue ENWW Scan to an emailaddress 99 9 Inthe next screen you can choose to share the scan with any of your contacts You can also add new contacts Press the Send button when ready Ef NOTE Your own email address is always selected by default Share file with John Smith johnsmith hp com Add new contact send Your contact will receive an email invitation to view and download the file from the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share website 10 After adding one document to the scan queue you can press the Make another scan icon to scan another document Alternatively press the Sign out icon to return to the home sc
148. he image enhancement settings are automatically reset to default values after a certain time so you may get a different result from copying the same original if you have not checked the settings before starting the job 5 Ifyou scanned to a PDF file try opening the PDF file in Adobe Acrobat and saving it as a PDF A file For more information see hitp www adobe com products acrobat standards html English only 6 For optimum color results clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 7 Avoid placing the scanner in direct sunlight or near sources of heat or cold Color fringing The problem called color fringing occurs when the scanner is affected by incorrect paper advance and or miscalibration Nevertheless some amount of color fringing is unavoidable especially at high scanning speeds It can be seen at the borders of sharp black text over a white background as in the example below original on the left scanned image on the right Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction rare 1 Repeat the scan after increasing the scanner s resolution choose Max quality if scanning Best if copying Turn your original 90 degrees if possible before scanning it again Actions 2 Ifthe problem persists clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 Repeat the scan at a high resolution Max if scanning Best if copying and check whether
149. he ink levels of your ink cartridges press on the front panel then ry There is a Replace ink cartridges option on the ink information page in case you want to do so see also Remove an ink cartridge on page 141 To get more information on your ink cartridges you can press the color of the cartridge on which you want information You can also get this information from the HP Utility For an explanation of the ink cartridge status messages see Ink cartridge status messages on page 227 HP Utility procedures e inthe HP Designjet Utility for Windows go to the Supplies tab e Inthe HP Utility for Mac OS X select Printer Status in the Information group Remove an ink cartridge There are three occasions when you need to remove an ink cartridge e The ink cartridge is very low and you want to replace it with a full cartridge for unattended printing you can use up the remaining ink in the first cartridge at a more convenient time e The ink cartridge is empty or faulty and you must replace it to continue printing e You want to replace the printhead and there is not enough ink left in the ink cartridge to complete the printhead replacement process In this case if the cartridge is not empty you can use it again later A CAUTION Donottry to remove an ink cartridge while printing CAUTION Remove an ink cartridge only if you are ready to insert another one CAUTION Make sure the printer wheels are locked the brake lever is pr
150. he job has been submitted to the queue It will be printed as soon as it reaches the local job queue T amp Add more Job queue Ee NOTE If you press Sign out your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share session is closed and you will need to sign in to access it again Your session is also closed automatically when sufficient time has passed without activity Scan to an email address You can scan documents directly to any email address through HP Designjet ePrint amp Share Every scan you send is also copied to your Online Print History ENWW Scan to an emailaddress 97 1 2 3 4 Press the Scan icon on the front panel s home screen Press the HP ePrint amp Share icon Select destination _ m USB drive Network folder HP ePrint amp Share Sign in using your registered email address and password Sign in to HP ePrint amp Share Password OK New user Press the white Email address field to enter your email address A keyboard is displayed so that you can enter the letters Press OK when you have finished then enter your password in the same way 98 Chapter11 Web connected printing ENWW 5 The default scan settings are displayed and you can change them by pressing the Settings button scan to HP ePrint and Share John Smith PDF Standard 200 dpi Color Color Content type Mixed Available quota 5 00 GB Settings Start Ex NOTE You can change the default settings from t
151. he new IP address e Subnet mask Specify a subnet mask which determines which bits specify the network and which bits uniquely specify the node within the network e Default gateway Specify the IP address of a router or computer that is used to connect to other networks or sub networks If none exist use the IP address of the computer or the IP address of the printer e Domain name Specify the name of the DNS domain in which the printer resides for example support hp com Ex NOTE The domain name does not include the host name it is not the fully qualified domain name such as printer1 support hp com e idle timeout Specify the time that an idle connection is allowed to remain open when a remote computer is waiting for the printer The default value is 280 seconds If set to zero the timeout is disabled and the connection is allowed to remain open indefinitely e Default IP Specify the IP address to use when the printer is unable to obtain an IP address from the network when powered on or when reconfigured to use BOOTP or DHCP e Send DHCP requests Specify whether DHCP requests are transmitted when a legacy default IP address or a default Auto IP is assigned Change the front panel display brightness 47 To configure the same network settings from the front panel press CA then ol then Connectivity gt Network connectivity gt Gigabit Ethernet gt Modify configuration You have various other options available from the Co
152. he printer changes the way it prints on each different paper type For example some may need more ink and some may require a longer drying time So the printer must be given a description of the requirements of each paper type This description is called the paper preset The paper preset contains the ICC profile which describes the color characteristics of the paper it also contains information on other characteristics and requirements of the paper that are not directly related to color Existing paper presets for your printer are already installed in the printer s software However as it is inconvenient to scroll through a list of all paper types available your printer only contains paper presets for the most commonly used paper types If you have a paper type for which your printer has no preset you cannot select that paper type in the front panel display There are two ways to assign a preset for a new paper type e Use one of the existing HP factory paper presets by selecting the closest category and type in the front panel or the printer driver See The paper type is not in the list on page 174 62 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW Ey NOTE Colors may not be accurate This method is not recommended for high quality prints Download the correct paper preset from http www hp com go T2500 paperpresets Ee NOTE HP provides presets for HP paper types only If you do not find the paper preset you want on the Web you may find that it has
153. he printhead and try again Printhead status messages These are the possible printhead status messages e OK The printhead is working normally with no known problems e Missing There is no printhead present or it is not correctly installed in the printer e Reseat You are recommended to remove the printhead and then reinsert it If that fails clean the electrical connections see The front panel display recommends reseating or replacing the printhead on page 227 If that fails replace the printhead with a new printhead see Remove the printhead on page 145 and Insert the printhead on page 148 e Replace The printhead is failing Replace the printhead with a working printhead see Remove the printhead on page 145 and Insert the printhead on page 148 e Replacement incomplete The printhead replacement process has not completed successfully re launch the replacement process and let it finish completely e Remove The printhead is not a suitable type for use in printing e Non HP ink Ink from a used refilled or counterfeit ink cartridge has passed through the printhead See the limited warranty document provided with your printer for details of the warranty implications ENWW Printhead status messages 229 26 Troubleshooting general printer issues e The printer will not start e The printer does not print e The printer seems slow e The printer behaves strangely e Communication failures between computer and printe
154. hen send the file you want to print to that email address as an attachment When the software has been installed the HP Printer Setup Assistant starts automatically to set up a connection to your printer Follow the instructions on your screen When you reach the Select Printer screen look for your printer s mDNS service name which you noted in step 1 in the Printer Name column e Ifyou find the right name scroll sideways if necessary to see the Connection Type column and check that it shows Bonjour Then highlight that line Otherwise continue searching further down the list e Ifyou cannot find your printer s name with a Bonjour connection type check the box My printer is not in the list Click Continue Continue following the instructions on the screen When you reach the Printer Queue Created screen click Quit to exit or Create New Queue if you want to connect another printer to the network When the HP Printer Setup Assistant has finished you can remove the DVD from the DVD drive If the printer driver is already installed the HP Printer Setup Assistant can be run at any time from the DVD TCP IP connection 1 Goto the front panel and make a note of the printer s URL see Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 2 Insert the HP Start up Kit DVD into your DVD drive 3 Open the DVD icon on your desktop 4 Open the Mac OS X HP Designjet Installer 5 Follow the instructions on your screen 6 The printer soft
155. iagnostic plot are described below If you find any of these problems you should follow the recommended recovery procedure all of which are available by pressing CA then o then Image Quality Maintenance at the front panel Once the printer has been diagnosed and it is working correctly you can reprint the diagnostic sheet as described in Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet on page 221 Resolution By looking at pattern 7 you may find problems with the printer s resolution for the loaded paper Usually this test does not reveal a printer problem but a defect in the paper which may not be suitable for printing the diagnostic sheet with the required quality Here is what you should see if all is well followed by two defective examples ENWW Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet 221 Alignment Looking at patterns 4 13 and 14 you may find problems with the printer s printhead alignment which can cause defects such as the following eee eee eae mee Sees ee ass Additionally misalignment problems can be seen in patterns 4 and 9 in the form of color fringing which is exaggerated below on the right That is the limits between two strong colors are not well defined or a third color appears between them Finally a special pattern for checking the printer s printhead alignment can be found at the top left of the diagnostic sheet This pattern has no number
156. ications using HTTPS Secure HTTP only or both HTTP and HTTPS HTTPS Required For secure encrypted communications only HTTPS access is accepted The print server will appear as a secure site HTTP HTTPS optional Access using either HTTP or HTTPS is permitted NOTE The factory default setting depends on the print server model Front panel menuitems 41 Menu item Sub menu item Sub menu item Values and Description IPSEC Specify the IPsec or Firewall status on the print server Keep IPsec Firewall status remains the same as currently configured Disable IPsec Firewall operation on the print server is disabled Reset Security Specify whether the current security settings on the print server will be saved or reset to factory defaults No default The current security settings are maintained Yes Security settings are reset to factory defaults Link Speed The link speed and communication mode of the print server must match the network The available settings depend on the device and installed print server Select one of the following link configuration settings CAUTION If you change the link setting network communications with the print server and network device might be lost Auto default The print server uses auto negotiation to configure itself with the highest link speed and communication mode allowed If auto negotiation fails either 1OOTX HALF or 10TX HALF is set depending on the detected link sp
157. ifferent HP Designjet printer you can use the emulation mode provided by your printer Ef NOTE This option is available only when printing an HP GL 2 PostScript or PDF job Accuracy is guaranteed only when printing on plain coated or heavyweight coated paper e inthe Windows HP GL 2 or PostScript driver dialog select the Color tab then Printer Managed Colors then select Printer Emulation from the Source Profile list You can then select from the Emulated Printer list ENWW Color management from printer drivers 113 HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quality Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets Factory defaults Z Save Color Options Print in color Color management t Application managed colors Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Printer managed colors Source profile Printer emulation v Emulated printer HP Designjet 500 800 series HP Designjet 500 800 series HP Designjet 1000 series HP Designjet 4000 4500 series Advanced color adjustments Ap ars Lok cance troy e Inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Color Options panel then select from the Printer Emulation list Color adjustment options The aim of color management is to print accurate colors If you perform color management correctly then you should be able to print accurate colors with no need of any manual color adjustments However manual adjustments
158. ight coating positive plates tone value increase curves B CMY and C K white backing e Web Coated SWOP 2006 Grade 3 provides SWOP proofing and printing on U S Grade 3 coated publication paper e Web Coated SWOP 2006 Grade 5 provides SWOP proofing and printing on U S Grade 5 coated publication paper e U S Sheetfed Coated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 350 total area of ink coverage negative plate bright white offset stock e U S Sheetfed Uncoated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 260 total area of ink coverage negative plate uncoated white offset stock e U S Web Coated SWOP 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 300 total area of ink coverage negative plate coated publication grade stock Color management from printer drivers PostScript printers 117 U S Web Uncoated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using U S inks under the following printing conditions 260 total area of ink coverage negative plate uncoated white offset stock Euroscale Uncoated 2 uses specifications designed to produce quality separations using Euroscale inks under the following printing conditions 260 total area of ink coverage positive plate uncoated whit
159. il 1 10 11 12 13 14 15 138 Chapter 15 Obtain the IP address of the outgoing mail server SMTP from your IT department this is required in order to send email messages Ensure that the outgoing email server is configured to enable relaying of email messages that the printer will send Open your Web browser and connect to the printer s Embedded Web Server Select the Setup tab From the Configuration menu in the left hand column select Date amp Time Ensure that the printer s date and time have been set correctly From the Configuration menu select Email server Enter the IP address of the outgoing mail server SMTP Specify an email address for the printer The latter does not need to be a valid email address but it should have the form of an email address It serves to identify the printer when it sends email messages See Turn usage information on and off on page 31 From the Configuration menu select Printer settings In the Accounting section if you set Require account ID to On then every time someone sends a print job to the printer he or she must provide an account ID for example an ID corresponding to his or her department or to a specific project or client If someone sends a job without providing an account ID the printer will hold the unidentified job in the queue without printing it until an account ID is provided If you set Require account ID to Off then the printer will print all j
160. in the Front Panel have been optimized by default and unless you experience image quality problems in your printed image such as banding or graininess it is not recommended to recalibrate the paper advance e OK This status indicates that the loaded paper has been calibrated before However you may need to repeat the calibration if you experience image quality problems such as banding or graininess in your printed image Ee NOTE Whenever you update the printer s firmware the paper advance calibration values are reset to factory default see Update the firmware on page 153 A CAUTION Transparent papers and films must be calibrated by pressing kel then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Paper advance calibration gt Adjust paper advance from step four in Recalibrating the paper advance procedure Recalibrating the paper advance procedure ENWW 1 From the front panel press CA then o l then Image quality maintenance gt Paper advance calibration gt Calibrate paper advance The printer automatically recalibrates the paper advance and prints a paper advance calibration image which you can send to stacker or basket 2 Wait until the front panel displays the status screen then reprint your print Ee NOTE The recalibration procedure takes a few minutes Do not worry about the paper advance calibration image The front panel display shows any errors in the process If you are satisfied with your print continue using this
161. ine discontinuities 203 a 4 from module A to E b 10 at the intersection between modules c 13inmodules A and E and 14 in modules B C and D If you see any of these defects in the studied areas call HP support and report a line discontinuities error after calibration The four vertical thin black lines at the beginning and the end of the diagnostic plot show approximately the position of the intersection between CIS modules where this kind of error usually appears If the error appears outside these areas call HP support and report line discontinuities within a CIS module Grain in area fills when scanning plain paper When making copies of an original containing area fills if the paper used in the printer is plain paper for instance HP Universal Bond or HP Bright White Inkjet Bond some grain may appear in the image This error may also appear in scanned files of originals that were printed on textured paper The example below shows the original image on the left and the scanned grainy image on the right Actions 1 Please look at the original and check if it is dirty has fingerprints on it or if the grain is already present in the print If not then proceed to step 2 2 Repeat the scan copy setting the content type to Image 3 Ifthe problem persists e fthe problem appears when copying use Best quality We also recommend using coated or glossy paper in order to avoid grain in copies e
162. ing e Unplug the printer from the wall before cleaning Printer servicing e There are no operator serviceable parts inside the printer Refer servicing to qualified service personnel Contact your local HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 e Do not disassemble or repair the printer yourself There are hazardous voltages inside the printer that can cause a fire or electric shock hazard e Internal fan blades are hazardous moving parts Disconnect the printer before servicing Caution Turn off the printer and unplug the power cord from the power outlet in any of the following cases If there is smoke or an unusual smell coming from the printer If the printer is making an unusual noise not heard during normal operation If a piece of metal or a liquid not part of cleaning and maintenance routines touches internal parts of the printer During a thunderstorm During a power failure The power cord or plug is damaged 2 Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW e The printer has been dropped e The printer is not operating normally HP Start Up Kit The HP Start Up Kit is the DVD that comes with your printer it contains the printer s software and documentation Using this guide This guide can be downloaded from the HP Support Center see HP Support Center on page 240 Introduction This chapter provides a brief introduction to the printer and its documentation for new users Use and maintenance These chapters help you carry
163. int or copy a job in the queue To reprint or make extra copies of any job in the queue select the job in the Embedded Web Server and click the Reprint icon then specify the number of copies you want The job will be moved to the top of the queue ENWW The job queue in the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility 107 To make more than one print of a non printed job in the queue from the front panel select the job and choose Copies then specify the number of copies required This overrides any value set by your software Ef NOTE If Rotate was On when you sent the file every copy will be rotated Ee NOTE You cannot use this method for PCL3GUI jobs To reprint old jobs that are PCL3GUI you may be able to use your operating system s printer spooler if you have already set the spooler to save old jobs This facility depends on your operating system Ee NOTE When reprinting a print job you cannot change the print settings because the job has already been rasterized Job status messages These are the possible job status messages approximately in the order in which they may be seen Receiving The printer is receiving the job from the computer Waiting to process The job has been received by the printer and is waiting to be rendered for jobs submitted through the Embedded Web Server only Processing The printer is parsing and rendering the job Preparing to print The printer is performing writing system checks before printing the j
164. intenance gt Calibrate scanner 3 Follow the instructions in the front panel The supplied maintenance sheet required to perform scanner calibration looks like this Load the maintenance sheet into the scanner face up centered and with as little skew as possible Once the calibration is finished the maintenance sheet should be carefully placed into its solid cover and saved in a fresh and dry place Otherwise it could be damaged which could affect the operation of your scanner in the future Check that the maintenance sheet is not dirty wrinkled scratched or folded before calibrating the scanner If necessary call HP support and ask for a new maintenance sheet If calibration fails 1 Ensure that the printer is turned on and ready for normal operation 2 Ensure that the scanner is working correctly To test it scan a small document to file 3 Ensure that the scanner is clean before calibration If in doubt clean the scanner and restart the calibration process 4 Eject and reload the calibration sheet checking that it is clean in good condition face up and perfectly centered in the scanner 5 Ifthe above steps do not help eject the sheet and restart the printer turn off and on When the system has restarted repeat the calibration 6 Ifyou cannot perform the calibration successfully in three consecutive attempts call HP support and ENWW report the error code that appears in the front panel Calibrate the scanner
165. irmation that the cartridge has been inserted If you have difficulty see Cannot insert an ink cartridge on page 227 ENWW Insert anink cartridge 143 5 When all cartridges have been inserted close the cover 6 The front panel display confirms that all cartridges have been correctly inserted Although it is possible to use non HP ink cartridges this choice has several serious disadvantages It may not be possible to determine with enough accuracy the ink level or status of used refilled or counterfeit ink cartridges Any service or repair required as a result is not covered under the warranty System ink flushing color calibration and printhead alignment are recommended If you experience print quality problems HP recommends changing to Original HP inks Safe mode Under certain conditions including printer operation outside of environmental specifications and when a used refilled or counterfeit ink cartridge has been detected the printer will operate in safe mode HP is unable to warrant the performance of the printing system when operated outside of environmental specifications or when a used refilled or counterfeit ink cartridge is installed Safe mode is designed to protect the printer and the printheads from damage due to unexpected conditions and is in operation when the BJ icon is displayed on the printer s front panel and by the Embedded Web Server For optimal performance use Original HP ink cartridges H
166. issues For any issues with HP ePrint please refer to the HP ePrint Center http www hp com go eprintcenter For any issues with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share please refer to the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share website http www hp com go eprintandshare Automatic file system check When you turn on the printer you will occasionally see a front panel display similar to the one shown below FSCK 17 A file system check is taking place it can take up to 40 minutes Please wait until it finishes AN CAUTION If you turn the printer off before the file system check has finished the file system could be seriously damaged making the printer s hard disk unusable In any case the file system check will restart from the beginning whenever you turn the printer on again A file system check is scheduled every 90 days in order to maintain the hard disk s file system integrity NOTE When the printer is powered back on it takes about three minutes to initialize and check and prepare the printhead However it can take up to 40 under some conditions for example when the printer has not been used for a long period of time and requires more time to prepare the printhead Alerts Your printer can communicate two types of alerts 234 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting general printer issues ENWW ENWW e Errors Mainly alerting you to the fact that the printer is unable to work normally However in the printer driver errors can also
167. isted below Supported network protocols TCP IPv4 TCP IPv6 Typical network printing environments Direct Mode printing Microsoft Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and later versions of Windows Microsoft Terminal Server and Citrix MetaFrame environments UNIX and Linux including Hewlett Packard HP UX Sun Microsystems Solaris SPARCsystems only IBM AIX HP MPE iX RedHat Linux SuSE Linux LPR LPD Line Printer Daemon RFC 1179 compliant systems IPP Internet Printing Protocol FTP File Transfer Protocol printing Microsoft Windows XP Windows Server 2003 and later versions of Windows Direct Mode port 9100 printing requires HP IPv6 IPv4 port monitor software running on the system LPR LPD Line Printer Daemon RFC 1179 compliant systems with IPv6 client support IPP Internet Printing Protocol systems with IPv6 client support FTP File Transfer Protocol printing ENWW Supported network protocols 43 5 Personalizing the printer e Change the language of the front panel display e Access the HP Utility e Access the Embedded Web Server e Change the language of the HP Utility e Change the language of the Embedded Web Server e Change the sleep mode setting e Change the auto off setting e Change the loudspeaker volume e Change the front panel display brightness e Change the units of measurement e Configure network settings e Change the graphic language setting e Manage printer security e Change
168. it Colors are fading If you print on instant dry photo paper your prints will fade rapidly If you plan to display the prints for more than two weeks you should laminate them to achieve longer life Prints on swellable coated papers will fade much less rapidly However lamination will increase the life of prints depending on the type of lamination with all paper types For more information consult your laminate provider The image is incomplete clipped at the bottom e Didyou press x before all the data were received by the printer If so you have ended the data transmission and will have to print the page again e There may be a communications problem between your computer and the printer Check your network cable e Check to make sure that your software settings are correct for your current page size for example long axis prints e Ifyou are using network software make sure it has not timed out The image is clipped ENWW Clipping normally indicates a discrepancy between the actual printable area on the loaded paper and the printable area as understood by your software You can often identify this kind of problem before printing by previewing your print see Preview a print on page 76 e Check the actual printable area for the paper size you have loaded printable area paper size margins e Check what your software understands to be the printable area which it may call printing area or imageable area
169. itable paper is loaded after which you can visit the queue and choose to resume printing it Meanwhile other jobs with different requirements can continue printing Roll switching options If two rolls are loaded both of which are suitable for the job the roll will be chosen according to your preferences These can be set from the front panel press el then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Paper options gt Roll switching options ENWW Paper suitability options 29 e Minimize paper waste If this option is chosen the printer will choose the narrowest roll that meets all the criteria to avoid wasting paper due to trimming This is the default option e Minimize roll changes If this option is chosen the printer will choose the roll that is currently active to avoid wasting time with a roll switch e Use roll with less paper If this option is chosen the printer will choose the roll that has the least paper Ef NOTE This option is effective only if you have enabled Printing paper info see Printing paper info on page 63 Otherwise it has the same effect as Minimize paper waste Turn nesting on and off Nesting means automatically printing images or document pages side by side on the paper when feasible rather than one after the other This is done to avoid wasting paper See Nest jobs to save roll paper on page 79 To turn nesting on or off you must first make sure that the job queue is enabled see Turn off the j
170. ity that we recommend you to accept e Under Mac OS X launch the HP Utility from your Dock shortcut or by selecting STARTUP_DISK gt Library gt Printers gt hp gt Utilities gt HP Utility This launches the HP Utility showing the printers installed on your computer When you select your printer in the left pane everything that appears in the right pane is specific to that printer If you have followed these instructions but failed to get through to the HP Utility see Cannot access the HP Utility on page 233 Access the Embedded Web Server ENWW The Embedded Web Server enables you to manage your printer remotely using an ordinary Web browser running on any computer To access the Embedded Web Server directly you must have a TCP IP connection to your printer The following browsers are known to be compatible with the Embedded Web Server e Internet Explorer 7 for Windows XP and later e Safari 3 for Mac OS X 10 5 and later e Firefox 3 6 and later e Google Chrome 7 and later The Adobe Flash plugin version 7 or later is recommended for viewing job previews To access the Embedded Web Server on any computer open your Web browser and give the IP address of your printer Change the language of the front panel display 45 You can see your printer s IP address on the front panel by pressing and then ES You can also access the Embedded Web Server from the HP Designjet Utility or HP Utility If you have followed these in
171. ize will not be automatically selected according to the document size 122 Chapter 14 Practical printing examples Page Scaling v Auto Rotate and Center Use custom paper size when needed Print to file Print color as black None X Nome HP Designjet T1500 PS HPGL2 Comments and Forms Document and Markups g Preview Composite k 8 27 hp DESIGNJET T920 and T1500 ePrinter Series Utes Quite Document 8 3 x 11 7in Paper 8 3 x 11 7in 1 222 Loc cancel ENWW ENWW 3 Press the Properties button and then select the Paper Quality tab ee aap HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quaiity Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets Paper Options Document size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Letter v Margins Layout Custom we Currently loaded paper Roll 1 HP Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo P A 36 00 inches J iai Show preview before printing Roll 2 Plain paper 24 00 inches Single sheet Not loaded Print Quality Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Standard options Y Speed Custom options Rendering resolution ppi Printing resolution dpi 4 Choose whatever Document Size and Print Quality you want to use If you want to define a new custom paper size press the Custom button 3 00 36 25 5 51 3582 68 5 Select the Layout Output tab and then A
172. l 92 print from Embedded Web Server 70 HP Utility 70 printer driver 71 USB flash drive 69 print from ePrint amp Share 90 print from iOS with AirPrint 82 print job nesting 79 print preview 76 print quality select 72 print quality problems banding 186 black ink comes off 192 blurred lines 189 bottom of print 193 discontinuous lines 189 edges darker than expected 193 edges stepped or not sharp 193 general 184 graininess 190 horizontal lines 186 inaccurate line lengths 190 ink marks 191 line thickness 187 misaligned colors 188 paper not flat 191 scratching 191 scuffing 191 stepped lines 188 vertical bands of different colors 193 white spots 194 wizard 184 printer does not print 231 printer email address change 49 printer models 4 printer security 48 printer software 11 Mac OS X uninstall 20 Windows uninstall 18 printer status 152 printer willnot start 231 printer s maincomponents 6 printer s main features 5 printhead about 144 align 228 Cannotinsert 227 clean purge 228 insert 148 order 167 remove 145 replace reseat 227 specification 244 Status 144 status messages 229 printhead cleaner specification 244 printing 68 printing resolutions 244 Proactive Support 241 protectaroll 81 protocols network 39 Proxy Server settings 41 Q quality high 77 R rearview 7 remote printing set preferences 23 rendering intent 119 rescale a print 75 retrieval time change 64 roll paper load 54 spindle load 51
173. l countries For more information on HP Care Packs please visit http www hp com go printservices HP Installation The HP Installation service unpacks sets up and connects the printer for you This is one of the HP Care Pack services for more information please visit http www hp com go printservices HP Proactive Support HP Proactive Support helps reduce costly printer downtime by preemptively identifying diagnosing and resolving printer issues before they become problems for you HP s Proactive Support tool is designed to help businesses of all sizes reduce support costs and maximize productivity all with the click of a mouse A component of the HP Imaging and Printing suite of services Proactive Support helps you gain control of your printing environment with a clear focus on maximizing the value of your investment increasing printer uptime and reducing printer management costs HP recommends that you enable Proactive Support right away to save you time and prevent problems before they occur reducing costly downtime Proactive Support runs diagnostics and checks for software and firmware updates You can enable Proactive Support in the HP Designjet Utility for Windows or the HP Printer Monitor for Mac OS X where you can specify the frequency of connections between your computer and HP s Web server and the frequency of diagnostic checks You can also choose to run the diagnostic checks at any time To change these settings
174. l need to set it up again from scratch see Set up your Web connected printer on page 22 Ef NOTE You can prevent non administrators from changing these options by setting an administrator password in the Embedded Web Server Setup gt Security Require account ID If you want to keep records of printer usage by different user accounts you can set your printer to require an account ID for each job ENWW Require accountID 33 34 e inthe HP Designjet Utility for Windows from the Admin tab select Printer settings gt Accounting gt Require account ID e Inthe HP Utility for Mac OS X select Configuration gt Printer Settings gt Configure Printer Settings gt Accounting gt Require account ID If this setting is turned on the account ID field will be mandatory and jobs with no account ID will be kept on hold for accounting The account ID can be set in the printer driver when sending the job If the job is set on hold for accounting by the printer you can introduce the account ID in the Embedded Web Server HP Designjet Utility or HP Utility by going to the job queue and clicking the job that is on hold A window with a text box is displayed and you can enter the account ID into it Set Windows driver preferences You can change some default settings in your printer driver according to your own preferences for instance to set color emulation or paper saving options To do this press the Start button on your comput
175. lable with various possible options If you are experiencing problems related to border clipping or it seems that your print has lost the scale factor adjustment please read this section carefully in order to select the best value for the scaling setting in future jobs Precise scaling In this case the content of the original image is scaled by the percentage factor that you have selected For example in an original CAD image with a 1 100 scale if user selects scale to 50 the printed plot will have an accurate scale of 1 200 Nevertheless in the case of down scalings when selecting a fixed percentage some clipping of the marginal content of the plot may occur as it is impossible for the printer to print up to the borders of the paper Scale to fit into page size In this case the content of the original image is scaled by the percentage necessary to make sure that all the content is correctly printed and no clipping occurs Nevertheless in the case of down scalings when selecting fit to page the scale factor adjustment may not be an integer divisor of the original For example in an original CAD plot with a 1 100 scale on A2 paper size if user selects scale to fit on A3 paper size the scaling factor will not be exactly 50 and the scale of the printed plot will not be 1 200 exactly However the plot will be printed completely without clipping any content Incorrect edge detection mostly when scanning tracing paper Tracing or transluc
176. les None Native no emulation for use when the color conversion is done by the application or operating system and therefore the data arrive at the printer already color managed SRGB IEC61966 2 1 emulates the characteristics of the average PC monitor This standard space is endorsed by many hardware and software manufacturers and is becoming the default color space for many scanners printers and software applications ColorMatch RGB emulates the native color space of Radius Pressview monitors This space provides a smaller gamut alternative to Adobe RGB 1998 for print production work Apple RGB emulates the characteristics of the average Apple monitor and is used by a variety of desktop publishing applications Use this space for files that you plan to display on Apple monitors or for working with old desktop publishing files Adobe RGB 1998 provides a fairly large gamut of RGB colors Use this space if you need to do print production work with a broad range of colors Color management from the Embedded Web Server Submit Job options When you send jobs to the printer using the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page you have the following color management options 118 Chapter 13 Color management ENWW If you leave an option set to Default the setting saved in the job will be used If the job contains no setting the front panel setting in the printer will be used Color Grayscale you can choose to print in color in shade
177. line it does not necessarily have to be horizontal appears with discontinuities or small steps Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example Repeat the scan and this time make sure that the product is correctly positioned it is flat on the floor and it does not move and that the printer is not printing while you scan Turning the original 90 or 180 degrees and scanning it again may also solve the problem If the problem persists check that the original to be scanned is not skewed and that it does not become skewed during the scan If so please refer to Incorrect paper advance skew during scanning or horizontal wrinkles on page 214 You might also want to deactivate the automatic de skew algorithm as indicated in A copied or scanned image is very skewed on page 219 If there is no skew but the problem persists clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 Take care not to move the printer during the calibration the printer should not be printing during scanner calibration and check that the maintenance sheet is correctly positioned before starting the calibration Also check that the maintenance sheet is not damaged before calibrating the scanner an old or damaged maintenance sheet may cause this problem if it is damaged call HP support and ask for a new maintenance sheet If the problem persists proceed to analyze the following areas of the diagnostic plot L
178. lity Standard options Y Speed Custom options Rendering resolution ppi Printing resolution dpi 7 Press the Margins Layout button for additional layout options Clip contents by margins Borderless Image Enlargement Automatically by printer Manually in application Usage This is the way desktop printers work You will get a paper of size equal to that the driver of the paper you have selected in 126 Chapter 14 Practical printing examples E mamaaa E E TES ENWW 8 Ifyou intend to print on roll paper you must decide where the printer should cut the paper In the Layout Output tab check or uncheck the Disable automatic cutter option and check the Autorotate option which can help to avoid wasting paper gay HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quality Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets Factory defaults Resizing Options Actual size Fit to Letter of actual size gt Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Show preview before printing Orientation Roll Options A i Portrait A Landscape E A Disable automatic cutter Remove blank areas Crop lines Output Options Copies Remove margins between pages Rotate by 90 degrees V Autorotate 1 Page Order First page on top g Delivery Stacker v Accounting Hold for manual pri
179. lload 51 spindle adaptor kit 171 stacker 59 Statistics ink cartridge 141 usage 137 usage perjob 137 stepped lines 188 store the printer 152 support services HP Care Packs 240 HP Customer Care 240 HP Proactive Support 241 HP Start Up Kit 240 HP Support 242 HP Support Center 240 printer installation 241 warranty extensions 240 T tablet 92 TCP IP settings 39 telephonenumber 242 two rolls 66 U unattended printing 81 unload paper roll 57 usage information turn onand off 31 using this guide 3 V volume control 46 wW warranty extensions 240 Web connection setup 22 Web Services introduction 11 web services troubleshooting 234
180. llow the additional steps below 152 Chapter 17 Printer maintenance ENWW 1 Turn off the power using the Power key on the front panel 2 Also turn off the power switch at the rear of the printer 3 Disconnect the printer s power cable AN CAUTION If you turn the printer upside down ink could escape into the printer and cause serious damage When reconnecting the power cable remember to route the cable tidily along the back gutter When the printer is turned back on it takes about three minutes to initialize itself and to check and prepare the printhead Preparing the printhead normally takes just over a minute However if the printer has been off for a six weeks or more preparing the printhead could take up to 45 minutes AN CAUTION Ifthe printer remains off for a long period of time the printhead may become unusable In this case you need to replace the printhead O TIP Because preparing and purging the printhead uses both time and ink you are strongly recommended 7 to leave the printer always on or in sleep mode whenever possible to maintain the health of the printhead In both cases the printer wakes up from time to time to maintain the printhead Thus you can avoid going through lengthy preparation processes before using your printer Update the firmware The printer s various functions are controlled by firmware that resides in the printer From time to time firmware updates will be available from Hewlett Packard The
181. loaded you have to wait while it is automatically unloaded The roll is not unloaded but withdrawn to the standby position so that it can be printed on again without reloading as soon as the sheet paper has been unloaded Ef NOTE If at any time you open a roll cover while that roll is loaded but not printing the roll will be automatically unloaded and you will have to reload it the next time you want to print on it 4 Select your paper category and type vof TIP If you have loaded a paper type whose name does not appear in the paper list see The paper type js not in the list on page 174 5 When prompted by the front panel insert the sheet into the front of the printer 6 Align the left hand edge of the sheet with the blue line on the left hand side of the printer 58 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW 7 Push the sheet into the printer until it will not go any further Z WARNING Do not push your fingers inside the printer s paper path 8 Guide the sheet into the printer until the printer beeps and starts pulling the paper 9 The printer checks the alignment 10 Ifthe sheet is not correctly aligned it is ejected and you will have to try again Ef NOTE If you have an unexpected problem at any stage of the paper loading process see The paper cannot be loaded successfully on page 173 The stacker 1 Basket 2 Stacker pivoting cover 3 Stacker By default the printer cuts the paper after every print jo
182. loaded paper 36 00 inche Roll 2 Plain paper 24 00 inches Single sheet Not loaded Paper source Use printer settings Paper type Use printer settings Roll 1 HP Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo Paper S Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches E Show preview before printing Print Quality Standard options Y Speed Custom options Rendering resolution ppi Printing resolution dpi In the Color tab the default color management option is Printer managed colors and this is the correct option because you have already selected Printer Manages Colors in Photoshop gan HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Paper Quality Layout Output Color Quick sets Color Options Print in color Print in grayscale Print in pure black and white Color management Application managed colors Printer managed colors Source profile sRGB E Advanced color adjustments Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches E Show preview before printing Print and scale from Microsoft Office This section demonstrates how to print and scale from Microsoft Office 2010 Using PowerPoint ENWW 1 Select the File tab then Print and select the name of your printer Print and scale from Microsoft Office 129 frie Hamre Tarif Eirvign Thaniions Animal bons Slide Shanis Rrrirsi View Acrohal bed Swe E Save a ry
183. ls using NTLMv1 you should avoid using a scan to network or scan to FTP folder Scan to network folder 1 Create a folder on a computer that the scanner can access through the network See Example Create a scan to network folder under Windows on page 26 or Example Create a scan to network folder under Mac OS on page 27 2 Create a user account on the same computer for the printer 3 Change the sharing options of the folder so that it is shared with the scanner user and assign full control of the folder to that user 4 Create ashare name for the folder Scan to FTP folder 1 Create a folder on an FTP server 2 Ensure that you know the server name user name and password for the FTP server y IMPORTANT You must complete the above steps for one option or the other before starting the remaining steps below 1 Inthe printer s Embedded Web Server select the Setup tab and then Scan to network See Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 HP Designjet T2500 Scan to network fh y BE ap y Pager Safety Toos v J HP Designjet T2500 l i i l NPI840164 16 23 86 202 Printer status Jobs on hold in queue g ee setup a Support Configuration S can to network Printer settings Security F Internet connection Add network t older Scan to network E mail server Set as default Anonymous usage information storage Maintenance Firmware update Paper management amp L
184. ly used for optimum color appearance on your monitor When you print a scanned image or copy an original the embedded ICC profile is also automatically used by the printer for optimum printing results 120 Chapter 13 Color management ENWW 14 Practical printing examples ENWW For printing examples using HP Designjet ePrint amp Share see http www hp com go eprintandshare Print from Adobe Acrobat Print from Autodesk AutoCAD Print from Adobe Photoshop Print and scale from Microsoft Office 121 Print from Adobe Acrobat 1 Inthe Acrobat window move the mouse cursor to the bottom left corner of the document pane until the document size appears there a 5 T2500 UG pdf Adobe Acrobat Pro File Edit View Window Help A cae PASM BS eoPVPBBes i 1 of 259 W Tools Comment Share P introduction P Installing the software P Setting up the printer P Network configuration F Personalizing the printer P Paper handling P Working with two rolls P Printing P Scanning P Copying P Web connected printing P Job queue management P Color management P Practical printing examples P Retrieving printer usage information Q Designjet T2500 eMultifunction Series User s Guide 2 Select File gt Print and ensure that Page Scaling is set to None Status Ready Type HP Designjet T1500 PS HPGL2 Copies i Collate E NOTE The page s
185. ly wrong COLON S ssiissscisississcusscisesiesusssnnisosanisns seoed ons un SEEE ainn ENES s isinai 216 V rtcal CISLOMTION ws sazesaqnseoseccevaceosaneis unsveteateteciserastecascosedeas unewsarsuseseuyansaveneunceeepeipuaceavecseanegoeeaaaecosdonnaneeeroeareies 217 Object replication COO SELING seri ccticece cee steveracisstsvecacseiesnasscputes euseersestacuavesseuss sea aisiara nas iniiaiee inisi 217 Clipping or incorrect scale factor when down scaling in copies and prints 1 0 0 eecteceeteeeteceeeeeeeeeees 218 Incorrect edge detection mostly when Scanning tracing PAPEL cccccccssceecccccecceeecessssssssssssessseseeeeeeeeseees 218 A Copied Or scanned image IS very skewed ccecccccecccccceccceccceccccccccccssscssssssssssscsessssescecseeceeeeeseeeseceeseesesassesees 219 24 THO Scanner CIA NOSTIC piii sccdscsatornsocscdctcncninnaceteteissniskenveraiiacionsesseneransr eaaneeaaeeaa eens 220 Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet ccsssesseseeeccccccceeeecceeccssssssssssseeseees 221 Visual check for errors while printing the diagnostic Sheet ccc cssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesseees 221 Scan or COPY the diagnostic plot ou ecsccscccecseeeecessssssssscescescesseeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeccssssscsessesseeeeeeeeceecesceeeeesessesees 224 viii ENWW MORO CONOR NOUN cctesiecse otis base cto ce cece aac tee nivesiccuetactsesunaeinteioniesciceassacceaatieneatiocencieetuisra
186. m persists clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 4 Ifthe problem persists see Defocus blurring and fading colors on page 212 Inaccurately reproduced colors Actions ENWW You have to deal with several variables if you want perfect color matching between the original you are scanning and the copy or scanned file you obtain as a result If you find undesired colors in cases like the example shown below original on the left scanned image on the right you can follow these guidelines 1 Make sure that you choose the correct paper type in the scan settings before scanning 2 When dealing with copies you must take into account that good color matching between a given Original and its copy can be achieved only if both are printed on the same type of paper In the case of scanned files good color matching can be achieved only if your monitor is color calibrated or compliant with sRGB or AdobeRGB standards 3 Ifthe above conditions are met you should also take into account that various scanner settings can affect the final color result such as contrast background cleaning content type and paper type To obtain the best possible colors set contrast and background cleaning to 0 set the content type to Image and select the most appropriate type of paper according to the original you are scanning if in doubt use photo paper Variable line thickness or missing lines 207 4 Note that t
187. m the Start menu or from the Control Panel select Printers and Faxes 2 Fromthe File menu select Server Properties 3 Inthe Forms tab check the Create a new form box 4 Enter the name and dimensions of your new paper size Leave the margins as 0 00 5 Press the Save Form button 6 Goto the printer driver and select the Paper Quality tab 7 Select More from the drop down list of paper sizes 8 Select your new paper size from the group of Custom sizes ENWW A custom paper size created in this way has the following characteristics The paper size is permanent It will not disappear if the driver is closed or the computer is turned off Restricted users cannot create paper forms The manage documents role in the Windows Active Directory is the minimum required The paper size is local to the computer It will be seen in all the printer queues that have been created on the computer and that support paper of that size If a printer queue is shared this paper size will appear in all the client computers Advanced print settings 73 e Ifa printer queue is shared from another computer this paper size will not appear on the drivers document size list A Windows form in a shared queue needs to be created in the server e fthe printer queue is deleted the paper size is not deleted Use the Mac OS X printer driver 1 Go to the Page Setup dialog Ef NOTE If your application offers no Page Setup dialog please use
188. management ENWW If nesting is turned on the prioritized job may still be nested with others If you really want this job to be printed next and not nested with others first turn nesting off and then move it to the front of the queue as described above In the following cases the Move to front button is not displayed e Thejob is already at the front of the queue e The job is on hold in this case the Force print button is displayed instead e Thejob has finished in this case the Print button is displayed instead e Thejob has some error condition Pause a job in the queue If you select the job in the queue that is currently printing you will see a Pause button which you can press to pause printing The Pause button then changes to a Force print button which you can press to resume printing Reprint a job from the queue To reprint an already printed job select the job from the queue then select Print When reprinting a print job you cannot change the print settings because the job has already been rasterized Save a scanned job to another destination From the scan queue select the job and save to There you will be able to save the scanned job to another destination Delete a job from the queue Under normal circumstances there is no need to delete a job from the queue after printing it as it will just fall off the end of the queue as more files are sent However if you have sent a file in error and want t
189. may be useful in the following situations e _ If your color management is not working correctly for some reason e fyou want colors that are subjectively pleasing rather than accurate The printer driver provides different adjustment facilities depending on whether you are printing in color or in grayscale If you are printing in pure black and white there are no color adjustment options Printing in color You can adjust the colors of your print as follows e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Color tab ensure that the Advanced color adjustments box is checked then press the Settings button beside it You can then make adjustments using a lightness slider and three color sliders 114 Chapter 13 Color management ENWW Color Balance Cyan 0 Magenta Yellow 0 w HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences oS Advanced Lightness and Color Balance Adjustments P Sc Lightness Preview T g 0 Reset V Advanced color adjustments Settings Ge OK Cancel Apply The lightness slider simply makes the whole print lighter or darker The color sliders can be used to fade or emphasize each of the primary colors in the print The primary colors may be red green and blue or cyan magenta and yellow depending on the color model used in the image The Reset button restores each slider to its default central position Printing in grayscale You can convert all
190. mode MaxDetail Drying time Paper types Lines Normal off Optimal Coated Bond Heavyweight Coated Photo Lines and fills Normal On Optimal Coated Bond Heavyweight Coated Photo Maps Best On Optimal Coated Heavyweight Coated Photo Renderings Best On Optimal Coated Heavyweight photographs Coated Photo Print from 10S with AirPrint You can print using AirPrint without needing a printer driver bearing in mind the following points 82 Chapter 8 Printing Ensure that Airprint is enabled go to the printer s front panel and press Fel then o then Setup gt Connectivity gt AirPrint connectivity gt AirPrint Your AirPrint device must be in the same segment of the same local network as the printer When using Wi Fi the Wi Fi network must be bridged to the wired network used by the printer as is the case with most home or small office routers To identify the right printer from your AirPrint device go to the printer s front panel press EFT then ES and make a note of the Bonjour AirPrint name Many iPhone apps may not be able to print pages larger than A4 or US Letter size Please check with the app developer If you cannot print from the app you are using try printing from another app E mail Document a Open In E Send For Signature Print Document ENWW e _ Toprint press the arrow and then Print Choose your printer s name from the list that appears Ifyou need more information
191. mp Share security ccecceeesceeecsssssssssesscsecseecesseceeceseeccsceeeceeeeeececsccsscsssssseesseeesseeeeeeeeeeeeeas 101 12 SOU GUISE TIANAGCIIGIG naa 103 The JOD queue in the front panel weiss ccascvscoinaseanoscintesseanseancdeancsescdedocsanaieasuwnsoseone voueiesannsesdaniosdeawtanswentaowseseveuosaunnes 104 The job queue in the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility 00 0 ec ccccesccccceccccececesceececceeecsssssssssssssesssseeeens 106 DF OO WEN nen NN genset ie eats ras awe nw eet ices ce ee sees oe ise 110 MAO NG EVO ethos cesaaste cnnesteecaucisclecs E T sistvetols tea osesene clean dileaattsie tea vonsonci A EO 111 How colors are represented sce ccscceuevate aos esuacanandcvavsnasenaatatiecuedaateaneseaCawsad cures uoceteadauansouneseusbucatatiuastssexuedeuseicusmnawacsone 111 A summary of the color management process cccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssscscsssssscsssscssssssssssssssssssssssssseees 111 Color CANA OI csiece daca soeaeney c say aeea E EAN neeashesewsenaass sas cuneeoiteas einen ENRERE 111 ENWW Color management from Printer drivers cect cecccccceceesssesessesssssssssscscceccceceseecsscsssssseessssesecsscccccceeeeeessesees 112 Color management from printer drivers PostScript printers 0 eect ccecescsscccssccsssscscssccsssescesscsseesessssees 116 Color management from the Embedded Web Servet ccccsssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesesscssssseseees 118 Color man
192. mply makes the whole print lighter or darker This slider is available in the same window as the other grayscale controls e The zone definition sliders can be used to define what you mean by highlight midtone and shadow e The other controls for highlight midtone and shadow can be used to adjust the gray balance of highlights midtones and shadows respectively The Reset button restores each control to its default setting 9 TIP To emulate grayscale printing from older Designjet printers you can convert the file to be printed to grayscale using an image editing program and then use Print in Color and the appropriate emulation in the driver Color management from printer drivers PostScript printers This facility is available when printing with the PostScript driver HP Professional PANTONE Emulation When you use a named PANTONE color in an image your application will normally send to the printer a CMYK or RGB approximation to that color But the application does not take the printer or the paper type into account it merely produces a generic approximation of the PANTONE color which will look different on different printers and on different papers HP Professional PANTONE Emulation can do a much better job by taking into account the characteristics of the printer and the paper type The results look as similar to the original PANTONE colors as is possible ona given printer using a given paper type This technology is designed t
193. mptoms are e The front panel display does not show the Receiving message when you have sent an image to the printer e Your computer displays an error message when you are trying to print e Your computer or printer hangs stays idle while communication is taking place e Your printed output shows random or inexplicable errors misplaced lines partial graphics etc To solve a communication problem e Ensure that you have selected the correct printer in your application see Printing on page 68 e Ensure that the printer works correctly when printing from other applications e Remember that very large prints may take some time to receive process and print 232 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting general printer issues ENWW e fyour printer is connected to your computer through any other intermediate devices such as switch boxes buffer boxes cable adapters cable converters etc try using it when connected directly to your computer e Try another interface cable e _ Ensure that the graphic language setting is correct see Change the graphic language setting on page 48 Cannot access the HP Utility If you have not done so already please read Access the HP Utility on page 45 Make sure your printer driver is available and working correctly for the HP Designjet Utility in Windows From the front panel press rel then o then Connectivity gt Network Connectivity gt Advanced gt Web Services gt Printer utility softw
194. must use network printer installation software for your system You are recommended to use the HP Start Up Kit DVD that came with your printer Client server printing After you have set up the printer you will need to set up your network clients to access it The procedures depend on the available utilities for your particular clients and network operating system For more information refer to the documentation and help supplied with your operating system UNIX or Linux systems The printer supports operation with UNIX or Linux systems over a network Use your system utilities to install the printer For more help visit http www hp com support net_printing Troubleshooting 10 Configuration page The IO Configuration page provides comprehensive print server status It is an important diagnostic tool especially if network communications are not available For a description of messages that may appear on the IO Configuration page see the HP Jetdirect Print Servers Administrator s Guide for your print server model LEDs The printer has status lights LEDs that indicate the link status and network activity e When the green light is on the printer has successfully linked to the network e When the yellow light is blinking there is network transmission activity Link troubleshooting If the printer does not successfully connect to the network e Both LEDs will be off e LAN Error Loss of Carrier will be indicated on the I0 C
195. n configured To configure the e mail server using the Embedded Web Server select Setup gt E mail server and fill in the following fields e SMTP server the IP address of the outgoing mail server SMTP that will process all e mail messages from the printer If the mail server requires authentication e mail notifications will not work o Printer e mail address each e mail message sent by the printer must include a return address which does not need to be a real functional e mail address but it should be unique so that recipients of the message can identify the printer that sent it This is not the same e mail address that is used by HP ePrint o Name o Port number o Authentication If you choose authentication you are also asked for your username and password Turn e mail notifications on and off In order to receive e mail notifications from the printer you must have configured the e mail server see Turn usage information on and off on page 31 The notification service is always turned on but all specific notifications are turned off by default You can turn them on or off individually by selecting Notifications from the Setup tab of the Embedded Web Server Turn alerts on and off ENWW Printer alerts warn you when there is a printer problem that you can correct by taking action or when one of your printing jobs changes its status The alerts are displayed by the printer s front panel by the HP Utility and by the Embe
196. n no further action can be taken to improve the image quality except to buy a more expensive CCD scanner Wrinkles or folds Scanners based on CIS technology have a high optical resolution within their focus plane at the price of a very limited depth of field Hence the images are sharp and detailed when the scanned original is perfectly flat against the glass plate However whenever the original contains wrinkles or folds these defects are clearly visible in the scanned image as shown in the following example 202 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW Actions Re scan the original setting the content type to Image and contrast and background cleaning to zero If the problem persists re scan the original at a lower scanner resolution Standard quality if scanning Fast or Normal if copying It may also help to flatten the original manually as much as possible before scanning it again Ef NOTE The problem of wrinkles cannot always be solved due to the technological limitations of CIS technology HP offers HD Scanners with CCD technology for higher quality requirements If the wrinkles remain after the corrective actions explained above then no further action can be taken to improve the image quality except to buy a more expensive CCD scanner Line discontinuities Actions ENWW When scanning or copying large originals you may sometimes find issues such as that shown in the following image where a Straight
197. n on IPv6 see http h20000 www2 hp com bc docs support SupportManual c00840100 c00840100 pdf This document discusses how name resolution plays a fundamental role in Dual Stack transition methods Using the name resolution algorithm in Windows the document goes through various network environments and studies how the introduction of routable IPv6 addresses will affect network applications It also discusses DHCPv6 SLAAC and the impact to DNS and makes some recommendations Using IPSec Your printer supports IPSec However successful IPSec configuration requires advanced network expertise and is beyond the scope of this document For IPSec to work the printer s IPSec configuration must exactly match that of the other devices in your network Any discrepancy will prevent communication with your printer until the configuration is corrected or IPSec is disabled For more information on IPsec configuration download the file IPsec_Admin_Guide pdf from http www hp com go T2500 manuals Connect a computer to the printer by network Windows The following instructions apply if you intend to print from software applications using a printer driver See Printing on page 68 for alternative ways of printing Before you begin check your equipment e The printer should be set up and on e The Ethernet switch or router should be on and functioning correctly e The printer and the computer should be connected to the network see Connect the printer
198. n specified ENWW The printer printed on the wrong paper type 175 If I load a new roll of paper will jobs that were on hold for paper be automatically printed Yes Every time a new roll of paper is loaded the printer will check if there are any jobs on hold for paper that could be printed on the loaded roll don t like jobs being put on hold for paper Can I prevent it Yes this can be done from the front panel see Paper mismatch action on page 29 set the option Paper mismatch action to Print anyway but some jobs are still put on hold Windows driver only If the Show print preview option is selected in the driver or the Embedded Web Server jobs are put on hold until you have checked the preview and resumed the job Check that the Show print preview option is not checked in the driver and that there are no pending preview windows waiting for confirmation to continue printing My job is exactly as wide as the roll of paper that is loaded on the printer but is put on hold for paper Margins are managed in different ways depending on the file type e For HP GL 2 and HP RTL files by default margins are included inside the drawing so a 914 mm 36 in HP GL 2 and HP RTL file can be printed on a 914 mm 36 in roll of paper and will not be put on hold for paper e For other file formats such as PostScript PDF TIFF or JPEG the printer assumes that margins need to be added outside the drawing as in many cas
199. n the Photo Paper category 192 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW Edges of objects are stepped or not sharp If edges of objects or lines appear to be poorly defined or lighter in density and you have already set the print quality slider to Quality in the driver dialog select the custom print quality options and try setting the quality level to Normal See Printing on page 68 Edges of objects are darker than expected If edges of objects seem darker than expected and you have already set the print quality slider to Quality in the driver dialog select the custom print quality options and try setting the quality level to Normal See Printing on page 68 Horizontal lines at the end of a cut sheet print This type of defect affects only the end of a print within approximately 30 mm of the trailing edge of the paper You may see some very thin horizontal lines across the print To avoid this problem 1 Print the Image Diagnostics Print See The Image Diagnostics Print on page 196 2 Consider printing with roll paper 3 Consider using larger margins around your image Vertical bands of different colors If your print has vertical bands of different colors along it 1 Try using higher print quality settings see Printing on page 68 For instance if you have set the Print Quality slider to Speed try setting it to Quality 2 Try using thicker paper choosing from the recommended paper types such as HP
200. nanssaientennmengneieneanan 36 Preconfigure network settings if required 0 0 0 cccccccccccceeseseesssssessssssssscscccccceseeeessssssesssssscsssssscsccaaseeseees 36 Add the printer to your network system 0000000000000000000000000rsssssssseoeoorssssssssscccorsssssssssecroresssssssscsereesssssssseeseeee 37 Troubleshooting sees spe sioctavcosioxerin casisteqrs snee Ee pwcasonaieoesehu anc EEEO ESENES EESE NEOGEEN 37 Reset network parameters sicccssecosiesenencacosdnsscossndedswessinnenndssbdietiousdesaesdoswesdinaesndespiacen sdedveindsaesssswestGdsdaieodauseduesooeeeanes 38 Controlnetwork protocols agate cade ons a ccresiecereesbuicsainauepaceseseeseasous cies csinnecnasdusclonsoacsautevesaaucesunesanacapessouiesnesausesnceanesosnens 39 Front panel menu items ess caeccssnaccisnceessensuccunsvesscdowesdessaadsesewsns dou sebesiiaveaueueddeod edewmoiekesssenteeonebiesseboebuassneneeedcdusebeoiieas 39 ETM OC SOC OS aaa seca S OS 42 Supported NetWork DEOUO CONS ccssiacisneneseamacesiesncinaccnuecut ceavaduc sponses NEE ERON aA AEn Enna ENa 43 S PE Sie Me Ue saian noes 44 Change the language of the front panel display o ce eesessssssssssssssssscssccccscseceeeesceccececeesesssessessseeeeessssseees 45 Access Ti A UUU sec acanroaa gus sindiesecencioabntupaneshescessemaianiasntonsasssensessuscsesasigsntasnetusieen snes ooteacanasontesaubonssnsoaeaameseressne 45 Access the Embedded Web Server css casas ced cnstodeccoeesavengeestocedssstunnnsinnesetra
201. nclude the following the date when the cartridge was first installed the date when the cartridge was last used the number of prints printed using the cartridge the print coverage the frequency of printing the printing modes used any printing errors that may have occurred and the product model This information helps HP to design future products to meet our customers printing needs The information collected by the memory chip does not include information that could be used to identify a customer or user of the cartridge or printer HP collects a sample of the memory chips from ink cartridges returned to HP s free return and recycling program HP Planet Partners http www hp com hpinfo globalcitizenship environment recycle The sampled memory chips are read and studied in order to improve future HP products HP partners who assist in recycling ink cartridges may also have access to the information Any third party possessing the cartridge may be able to access the anonymous information on the memory chip If you prefer not to allow access to this information you can render the chip inoperable However after you render the memory chip inoperable the cartridge cannot be used in an HP printer If you are concerned about providing this anonymous information you can tell the printer not to store the information in the memory chip To do so access the Embedded Web Server and select Setup gt Anonymous Usage Information Storage This do
202. ner can scan depends on the paper width and the scan resolution An alert is displayed if the maximum length is exceeded 2 Pushthe sheet into the insertion slot until you feel it contact the rollers The scanner will automatically grab the sheet and move it into position for scanning If you feel that the sheet has loaded badly and you want to try again you can pull it out manually At the front panel go to the home screen and press LJ 4 Some of the default copy settings are displayed Press Settings to see the complete list of settings and check in particular that the Paper type setting corresponds to the paper type that you intend to scan e Size allows you to resize the print in two different ways to a percentage of its original size or to fit a particular paper size The default is 100 its original size e Copy quality allows you to set the print quality to Best Normal or Fast 88 Chapter10 Copying ENWW ENWW e Copy color allows you to choose color or grayscale printing e Roll allows you to specify printing on roll 1 or roll 2 or you can choose Save paper which automatically chooses the narrowest roll on which the print will fit e Job output allows you to send the print to stacker or basket e Content type allows you to optimize the scan for a line drawing a photographic image or a mixed image e Original type allows you to specify the paper type on which the original image has been printed To optimize scan
203. ng by opening the scanner lid and checking that the five CIS modules show blinking red green and blue lights alternately If not call HP support and report scanner lid sensor failure 2 If all the modules lit up correctly in the previous step close the scanner lid by pushing it down until you hear a click Then repeat your scan and visually check that the original advances correctly through the scanner path If not call HP support and report an incorrect paper advance error Remember that your scanner is not intended to work with originals thicker than 0 75 mm 29 mil Object replication ghosting This error very rarely appears in CIS scanners However you can occasionally find image defects like the following original on the left scanned image on the right Image www convincingblack com reproduced with permission ENWW Vertical distortion 217 Actions Restart your printer Then calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 and repeat your scan Turn the original 90 degrees if possible before rescanning If the problem persists analyze pattern 3 modules A through E of the diagnostic plot Call HP support and report an object replication issue if you see the kind of error shown on the right Clipping or incorrect scale factor when down scaling in copies and prints When doing copies or prints from USB Embedded Web Server or printer driver the scaling setting is avai
204. ng it In other cases the skew is so bad that it cannot be automatically corrected To load the original with minimum skew grasp the original with the image facing up and your hands at left and right edges You are recommended to avoid resting your hands or the original on the scanner s input tray Push the original into the scanner insertion slot until you feel the whole top border of the original pressing against the scanner rubber rolls which will load the original after a delay of 0 5 seconds Now you can take your hands off the original If you are not happy with the way the scanner has grabbed your original you can press ry and try again The action of the automatic de skew algorithm can be deactivated by pressing E then o then Scan preferences or Copy preferences you might want to deactivate it in one case but not in the other You can also deactivate the automatic de skew from the Settings button at every new scanner job ENWW A copied or scanned image is very skewed 219 24 The scanner diagnostic plot J Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet 6 Visual check for errors while printing the diagnostic sheet Scan or copy the diagnostic plot Monitor calibration Save the diagnostic plot for future use 220 Chapter24 The scanner diagnostic plot ENWW Prepare the printer and the paper to print the diagnostic sheet Turn on your printer and wait until it is functioning Then select the paper on
205. ng the appropriate nests In this case the front panel shows the remaining time needed for nesting You may have the wrong graphic language setting see Change the graphic language setting on page 48 You may not have installed in your computer the correct driver for your printer see the Assembly instructions If you are printing on a sheet you must specify Manual Feed as the paper source in your printer driver The printer may be holding the job for paper or accounting information see Job status messages on page 108 You may have requested a print preview from your printer driver This is a function you can use to check that the image is the one you want In this case the preview is displayed on your screen and you must click the Print button to start printing Make sure that you have closed the stacker unless you are using manual mode The printer will not start 231 e fyou selected manual mode for the job you must open the job queue select the job and print it in manual mode e You may be experiencing unusual electromagnetic phenomena such as strong electromagnetic fields or severe electrical disturbances which can cause the printer to behave strangely or even stop working In this case turn off the printer using the Power key on the front panel and unplug the power cord wait until the electromagnetic environment has returned to normal then turn it on again If you still experience problems please contact your customer
206. nity at the HP Support Center your large format printing community for 24x7 access to e Multimedia tutorials e Step by step how to guides e Downloads the latest printer firmware drivers software paper presets etc e Technical support online troubleshooting customer care contacts and more e Workflows and detailed advice for completing various printing tasks from particular software applications e Forums for direct contact with the experts both HP and your colleagues e Warranty tracking online for your peace of mind a Latest product information printers supplies accessories software etc e Supplies Center for all you need to know about ink and paper The HP Support Center can be found at http www hp com go T2500 support By customizing your registration for the products you have purchased and your type of business and by setting your communication preferences you decide the information you need HP Start Up Kit The HP Start Up Kit is the DVD that comes with your printer it contains the printer s software and documentation HP Care Packs and Warranty Extensions HP Care Packs and Warranty Extensions allow you to extend your printer s warranty beyond the standard period They include remote support On site service is also provided if necessary with two alternative response time options 240 Chapter 28 HP Customer Care ENWW e Next business day e Same business day within four hours may not be available in al
207. nnectivity gt Network connectivity gt Advanced menu Allow SNMP Specify whether SNMP is permitted Embedded Web Server gt Allow EWS Specify whether the Embedded Web Server is enabled Web Services gt HP Utility software Enable or disable the HP Utility Web Services gt Color and paper management View the color and paper management settings Restore factory settings restore the initial default values of the network settings Change the graphic language setting You can change the graphic language setting by launching the Embedded Web Server from the HP Utility with the following steps 1 Under Windows select the Admin tab then Printer settings gt Printing preferences Under Mac OS X select Configuration then Printer settings gt Configure printer settings gt Printing preferences Select one of the following options Select Automatic to let the printer determine which type of file it is receiving This is the default setting it works for most software applications You should not normally need to change it Select HP GL 2 only if you are sending a file of that type directly to the printer without going through a printer driver Select PDF only if you are sending a file of that type directly to the printer without going through a printer driver PostScript printers only Select PostScript only if you are sending a file of that type directly to the printer without going through a printer driver PostSc
208. nnsenaslecsivguaunacineennpsenna seve enpeuensanstenesnneciaiteres 45 Change the language of the HP Utility o oo ccccsscceceeceeccececeeseeeeeeccseeeeeeeceesesesesessssesesssesesssseessseeeees 46 Change the language of the Embedded Web Server ccc cceccssssssssssssssssssssssssssssesssssssssssssessssssssssessseeeeees 46 Change the sleep mode setting So cpsccteoeonastevecsedeansetcuesauenacusieecusanvavecancespiscsnasausis deaamandsenestuncdeansessiadesaseeatodesnatesentecses 46 Change the auto off setting ss scsisacscse tesa sespescsbnsneenscasacubvecusnscuincennedoanespesuanasenonoursecubonspieeenaieuganisniasnenenseanbe ainsate 46 Change the loudspeaker volume ccccccccssssscssssssssssssseeseceecececceceececccssscsesceseceseeeeeeeeseeeeeeececscsseeseeeesseseeeeeseeees 46 Change the front panel display brightness 000000000000nnneeereoeoeoeooossssessssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssssseeesseeeeeereeeeeeeeee 47 Change the units of measurement ccccssssecessssceesssseeccsessececssseesecssseseesesnscesessesecessnesecsesenseeseeeeeeesseeseees 47 Configure network settings ssccccsssscccssssececssseecsssseccessssscesssnseeseseeecseseesceseseesecessaeeeeessseesesesseesesesseeeesenes 47 Change the graphic language Setting ssscccccesssssneccccesssssseecccessessssnseeccesesssnneescceessnaneesececeeessneeeeeeceeeessas 48 Mai elGe DUN Or ECUNI erin E N EE soot hee eeee etapa 48 Change your prin
209. nt dialog go to the Paper Quality panel and move the print quality slider to the extreme left Speed On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Basic settings gt Print quality gt Standard options gt Speed Using the front panel press fel then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Print quality gt Quality level gt Fast You can specify even faster draft quality printing by using Economode as follows This is intended mainly for documents containing only text and line drawings In the Windows driver dialog go to the Paper Quality tab and look at the Print Quality section Select Custom Options then set the quality level to Fast and check the Economode box In the Mac OS X Print dialog go to the Paper Quality panel and set the quality options to Custom then set quality to Fast and check the Economode box On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Basic settings gt Print quality gt Custom Set Quality level to Fast and Economode to On Using the front panel press fel then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Print quality gt Economode 76 Chapter8 Printing ENWW Ee NOTE If the print quality is set from your computer it overrides the print quality setting in the front panel High quality printing You can specify high quality printing in the following ways e inthe Windows driver dialog go to the Paper Quality tab and look at the Print Quality section Move the print
210. nt panel Press CA then ol then Internal prints gt Service information prints gt Print connectivity config In this case the results are printed out Ef NOTE The results printed out are from the last run of the Connectivity wizard so you must already have run the Connectivity wizard in order to get any results The Connectivity Wizard performs a series of tests automatically You can also choose to perform individual tests From the front panel press rel then ol then Connectivity gt Diagnostics amp troubleshooting The following options are available Cannot access the HP Utility 233 e All tests e Network connectivity test Check the printer s connection to the local area network e Internet connectivity test Check the printer s connection to the Internet e HP Designjet ePrint amp Share test Check the printer s connection to HP Designjet ePrint amp Share e HP ePrint Center connectivity test Check the printer s connection to the HP ePrint Center e Firmware update test Check the printer s connection to HP s firmware update servers e Email server test Check the printer s connection to the configured email server e Customer Involvement Program test Check the printer s connection to the CIP Alternatively these tests can be launched from the Embedded Web Server select Support gt Connectivity troubleshooting If any test fails the printer describes the problem and recommends how to solve it Web Services
211. ntenance on page 156 Make sure you clean the maintenance sheet before calibrating the scanner and check that the maintenance sheet is not damaged if so call HP support and ask for a new maintenance sheet Re scan your original after the calibration is completed 3 Ifthe problem persists see Clipping in dark or light areas on page 208 Vertical red and green bands over white or black background If the scanner has not been calibrated for a long period of time or if the last calibration failed you can sometimes see defects like the following Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example original on the left scanned image on the right 1 Clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 If the calibration failed proceed as stated in Calibrate the scanner on page 165 However if the calibration ended correctly scan your original again and check that the colored vertical bands have disappeared Actions 2 Ifthe problem persists call HP support and report vertical red green bands after calibration The stop start effect Your printer is a complex machine which may be working on several tasks at the same time If you are trying to scan while printing or processing a job in the printer queue you may find that the scanner stops for a while and then restarts Although this is normal behavior in some cases the scanned image may have defects as a result of this s
212. nter with the blue stop on the right Hold the spindle by its ends and not in the middle to avoid touching the paper and perhaps leaving marks on it 5 Ifthe edge of the roll is not straight or torn sometimes due to tape used to hold end of the roll pull the paper slightly and cut a straight edge ENWW Loadarollinto the printer 55 6 Insert the edge of the paper into the printer Z WARNING Do not push your fingers inside the printer s paper path 7 Roll the paper into the printer until you feel resistance and the paper flexes slightly When the printer detects the paper it feeds it in automatically 8 Ifthe leading edge of the paper has a barcode the printer reads and then cuts off the barcode which falls into the basket 9 Ifthe leading edge of the paper has no barcode the front panel prompts you to select the paper category and type O TIP If you have loaded a paper type whose name does not appear in the paper list see The paper type ry is not in the list on page 174 10 If the Printing paper info option is enabled the front panel may ask you to specify the length of the roll See Printing paper info on page 63 11 Close the roll cover when the front panel prompts you to do so 56 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW E NOTE If you have an unexpected issue at any stage of the paper loading process see The paper cannot be loaded successfully on page 173 Unload a roll Before unloadin
213. nter margins allows you to change the default printer margins E NOTE If you change the settings in this way the changed settings apply to the current job but are not saved permanently You can change the default settings except for the Output setting by pressing CA then ol then Print from USB preferences To display a preview of the printed job on the front panel press J i When the preview is displayed you can press it to zoom in on it Press it again to zoom out 6 When you are satisfied with the print settings press Start 7 After printing you can choose to print another file or go to the job queue If you print another file immediately without returning to the home screen the temporary settings used for the previous file are used again Print from a computer using the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility You can print files in this way from any computer that can access the printer s Embedded Web Server See Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 From the Embedded Web Server select the Main tab and then Submit job From the HP Utility select Job Center gt Submit Job You will see the window below HP Designjet T2500 Submit job gt D E v Pagey Safetyy Toos v J HP Designjet T2500 NPI840164 16 23 86 202 Printer status Jobs on hold in queue gS Main DS Program support Job center ae reli Submit job J Submit job Step 1 Select the files you want to submit Supls ahd fies
214. nting with stacker open Account ID 9 Press the OK button and save your configuration changes to a PC3 file r i B Changes to a Printer Configuration File my Sem You have made changes to a PC3 Printer Configuration File Apply changes for the current plot only Save changes to the following file Using printer emulation Printer emulation can be requested by selecting Advanced settings gt Color gt Color management gt Printer Managed Colors gt Printer emulation You can select Off no printer emulation or the name of the printer model that you want to emulate This setting will apply to jobs that do not contain any printer emulation setting saved in the job Using clip contents by margins You can select this margins option from Advanced settings gt Paper Quality gt Margins Layout gt Print with margins gt Layout gt Clip contents by margins Use this option when the contents to be printed have white borders and a size equal to that of the paper you have selected The printer will use the white border for its margins and you will get a page of size equal to that which is selected in the driver Print from Adobe Photoshop 1 In Photoshop CS5 select File gt Print then select your printer and press Print Settings ENWW Print from Adobe Photoshop 127 Color Management v Document Profile U S Web Coated SWOP v2 Printer HP Designjet T1500 PS HP v Copies 1 Position
215. o Scan accounting See Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 and Access the HP Utility on page 45 Ee NOTE The HP Utility under Mac OS X and the HP Designjet Utility under Windows have similar functions and are sometimes referred to collectively as the HP Utility in this guide Ee NOTE New versions of all printer software can be expected to appear from time to time In some cases when you receive your printer there may already be later versions available on HP s website of some of the software provided with it Web Services Your printer can be connected to the Internet providing various benefits ENWW Printersoftware 11 e Automatic firmware updates see Update the firmware on page 153 e Print to your HP Designjet ePrinter from anywhere you have an Internet connection e Use your tablet smartphone laptop or printer touchscreen to print where and when you need To take advantage of these benefits your printer must be connected to the Internet For the latest information see http www hp com go designjeteprinters Ex NOTE Requires an HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account Internet connection to the printer and connected Internet capable device When using the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share mobile app a compatible Apple iOS or Android device and Internet connection are required Data or connection charges may apply Print times may vary HP Designjet ePrint amp Share With HP Designjet ePrint amp Sha
216. o avoid printing it you can simply select the job and then press Delete Ex NOTE If an administrator password has been set it will be required In the same way you can delete a job that has not been printed yet If the job is currently being printed its status is printing you can press Cancel and then Delete Delete all jobs To delete all jobs in a queue press the Delete icon at the top right of the job queue screen and then press Delete all Print amp Copy jobs or Delete all Scan jobs Ex NOTE If an administrator password has been set it will be required Turn off the job queue To turn off the job queue press rel then ol then Setup gt Job management gt Queue gt Off ENWW The job queue in the front panel 105 The job queue in the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility The HP Utility provides a different way of accessing the Embedded Web Server s job management facilities but the facilities are exactly the same whether you use the Embedded Web Server or the HP Utility To see the queue in the Embedded Web Server select Job Center from the HP Utility Job queue page By default access to the job queue is open to all users An administrator can set a password so that users are required to enter a password for e Seeing job previews e Canceling or deleting jobs The job queue page shows all jobs that are available in the print queue The print queue includes jobs that are being received parsed rendered prin
217. o produce emulations similar to those set up Manually by prepress professionals To use HP Professional PANTONE Emulation all you have to do is to turn it on In fact it is normally on by default e Inthe Windows PostScript driver dialog go to the Color tab and select HP Professional PANTONE Emulation e inthe Mac OS X PostScript Print dialog go to the Color Options panel and select HP Professional PANTONE Emulation 116 Chapter 13 Color management ENWW Color emulation Your printer can emulate the color behavior of other devices RGB devices such as monitors and CMYK devices such as presses and printers You can set color emulation in the following ways e inthe Windows PostScript driver dialog select the Color tab and Printer Managed Colors e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Color Options panel then select Printer Emulation from the Color Management list For a good emulation the printer needs a specification of the colors these devices can reproduce The standard way of encapsulating such information is in ICC profiles As part of the solution we provide the most common standards for the different devices The options are as follows CMYK color emulation ENWW A traditional workflow defines color in the CMYK space For best results the colors must be adjusted to the printer because different printers will produce different colors from the same CMYK data If the image file you are printing was not created s
218. ob Waiting to print The job is waiting for the print engine to become free to proceed with printing Waiting for nest The printer is set up with Nesting On and is waiting for other jobs in order to complete the nest and proceed with printing On hold The job was sent with the on hold for preview option and is on hold Ef NOTE Do not send a job for preview with more than 64 pages this may cause the driver software to crash Ex NOTE If the printer hangs up while printing a job and the queue facility is turned on the partially printed job will appear in the queue as on hold when the printer is next turned on When you resume the job it will start printing at the page at which it was interrupted On hold for paper The job can t be printed because the right paper is not loaded in the printer Load the required paper see Paper handling on page 50 and click Continue to resume the job On hold for accounting The job can t be printed because the printer requires all jobs to have an account ID enter the account ID and then click Continue to resume the job oi TIP To setan account ID see Require account ID on page 33 On hold for stacker The stacker is open jammed or full On hold for manual mode You must go to the front panel to activate manual mode Printing Drying Cutting paper Ejecting page Canceling The job is being canceled but will remain in the printer job queue Deleting The job is being deleted from the printer
219. ob queue on page 105 or Turn off the job queue on page 109 and the start of printing is set to After Processing see Select when to print a job in the queue on page 104 or Select when to print a job in the queue on page 107 Then e Inthe HP Designjet Utility for Windows from the Admin tab select Printer settings gt Job Management gt Nest e inthe HP Utility for Mac OS X select Configuration gt Printer Settings gt Configure Printer Settings gt Job Management gt Nest e Inthe Embedded Web Server select Setup gt Printer settings gt Job management gt Nest Using the front panel press el then o then Setup gt Job management gt Nest options gt Nesting In each case you will see the following options e inorder pages are nested in the order in which they are sent to the printer The nested pages are printed as soon as one of three conditions is met o The next page will not fit on the same row as the other pages already nested o No page has been sent to the printer during the specified wait time o The next page is incompatible with the pages already nested see Nest jobs to save roll paper on page 79 e Optimized order pages are not necessarily nested in the order in which they are sent to the printer When it receives an incompatible page the printer holds it and waits for compatible pages to complete the nest The nested pages are printed as soon as one of three conditions is met o The next page
220. obs whether or not they have an account ID Set Send accounting files to Enabled Set Send accounting files to to the email address or addresses to which you want the accounting information sent This may be an address that you have created specifically to receive automatically generated messages from the printer Set Send accounting files every to the frequency with which you want the information sent choosing a specific number of days or prints You may want to set Exclude personal information from accounting email to On so that the accounting messages will not contain personal information If this option is Off information such as user name job name and account ID will be included Retrieving printer usage information ENWW When you have completed the above steps the printer will send accounting data by email with the frequency that you specified The data are provided in XML and can easily be interpreted by a third party program The data provided on each print job include when the job was submitted when the job was printed the printing time the type of image the number of pages the number of copies the paper type and size the amount of each color of ink used and various other attributes of the job Accounting data are also provided on scan and copy jobs You can download an Excel template from HP s Web site http www hp com go designjet accounting that will enable you to display the XML data more readably in the form of a
221. ocal intranet Protected Mode Off fa vy 100 v Alternatively in the HP Utility select the Settings tab and then Scan to network See Access the HP Utility on page 45 2 Onthe Scan to Network page click Add folder details and fill in the various fields 24 Chapter 3 Setting up the printer ENWW HP Designjet T2500 Scan to network fh y Gl E wm v Page Safetyy Toolsy g od J HP Designjet T2500 NPI840164 16 23 86 202 Printer status Jobs on hold in queue g Pain Setup Configuration S can to network Printer settings j Security Protocol FTP X Internet connection HP ePrint Center connectivity Folder type Public Private E mail server Notification Alias Scan to jel work Set this network destination as default Date amp Time Server name Folder name Folder path Anonymous usage information storage Maintenance User domain User name User Firmware update Paper management User password Confirm password Note If your user does not belong to any domain simply leave this field empty Please see help page for further details fo C Jone Local intranet Protected Mode Off fa v 100 v e Protocol may be FTP or CIFS Windows e Folder type may be public or private The folder type is displayed in both the Embedded Web Server and the front panel with an icon When you select a private folder you must enter a password in the front panel e Alias name is displayed in the front panel
222. ode is indicated in various front panel screens by the micon Stacker information Status Ready Mode Manual mode Stacker Normal mode ENWW The stacker 61 Paper information Manual Standby Not loaded Not loaded EEE ES ea ame eS H x Stacker Roll 1 The basket The stacker is normally used to collect prints If you decide not to use the stacker you can send your prints to the basket You may decide to use the basket if the stacker is full or if you want to separate a job from the other jobs printed to the stacker The basket can accept up to 10 A1 or D sized sheets of bond paper Larger prints should be removed from the basket immediately after printing O TIP Ensure that you have routed all cables correctly so that they do not interfere with paper falling into the basket Otherwise you may experience paper jams View information about the paper To view the loaded paper information press CA then EJ if it is not already highlighted then the roll icon The following information is displayed on the front panel e The paper type you have selected e Rollor sheet status e Width of the paper in millimeters estimated The same information is displayed in the HP Designjet Utility for Windows Overview tab gt Supplies tab and the HP Utility for Mac OS X Information group gt Supplies Status Paper presets Each supported paper type has its own characteristics For optimum print quality t
223. oll to the other automatically when the first is exhausted See Unattended printing overnight printing on page 81 When working with multiple rolls bear in mind that a protected roll is protected from use unless the roll number or its paper type are specifically requested See Roll protection on page 81 The current status of both rolls is shown on the front panel if you press fel then if it is not already highlighted Ef NOTE When you print from a USB flash drive multiroll printing is considerably simplified either you specify manually which roll you want to use or you can select Save paper in which case the printer chooses the narrowest roll on which the print will fit You cannot specify the paper type How the printer allocates jobs to paper rolls When you submit a print job from the Embedded Web Server or the printer driver you can specify using the Paper type or Type is option that you want it to be printed on a particular paper type you can even specify using the Paper source Source is or Paper Feed option that you want it to be printed on a particular roll 1 or 2 The printer will try to satisfy these requirements and it will also look for a paper roll large enough to print the image without clipping e fboth rolls are suitable for the job the roll will be chosen according to the roll switching policy See Roll switching options on page 29 e __ If just one of the rolls is suitable for the job it will be printed
224. om a DHCPVv6 server Use this item to specify an IPv6 address for a primary DNS server that the print server should use NOTE This item will appear only if Manual configuration is a higher priority than DHCP in the Config Precedence table configured through the embedded Web server Use this item to specify an IPv6 address for a secondary DNS server that the print server should use NOTE This item will appear only if Manual configuration is a higher priority than DHCP in the Config Precedence table configured through the embedded Web server Specifies the proxy server to be used by embedded applications in the device A proxy server is typically used by network clients for Internet access It caches Web pages and provides a degree of Internet security for those clients To specify a proxy server enter its IPv4 address or fully qualified domain name The name can be up to 255 octets For some networks you may need to contact your Independent Service Provider ISP for the proxy server address Type the port number used by the proxy server for client support The port number identifies the port reserved for proxy activity on your network and can be a value from 0 to 65535 Yes Prints a page that contains the current IPsec security settings on the HP Jetdirect print server No default A security settings page is not printed For configuration management specify whether the embedded Web server will accept commun
225. on that roll e fneither roll is suitable for the job it will be held in the job queue with the status On hold for paper or printed on an unsuitable roll depending on the paper mismatch action See Paper mismatch action on page 29 The printer driver for Windows will tell you which paper types and widths are currently loaded in the printer and on which rolls Here are some settings that may be used in typical situations Ex NOTE The Type is and Source is settings are in the printer driver and the Embedded Web Server the Roll switching policy is set in the front panel 66 Chapter 7 Working with two rolls ENWW e With different paper types loaded o Type is Select the paper type you require o Source is Automatically select Predetermined o Roll switching policy doesn t matter e With different paper widths loaded o Type is Use printer settings o Source is Automatically select Predetermined o Roll switching policy Minimize paper waste xo TIP You can also save paper in some cases by rotating or nesting your images See Use paper economically on page 79 e With identical rolls loaded o Type is Use printer settings o Source is Automatically select Predetermined o Roll switching policy Minimize roll changes ENWW How the printer allocates jobs to paper rolls 67 e Introduction e Print from a USB flash drive e Print from a computer using the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility e Print from a com
226. onfiguration page If a link failure is indicated try the following e Check cable connections e Manually configure the link setting to match the port configuration of the network hub or switch For manual configuration methods see Link configuration methods on page 38 Turn the printer off then on again to re initialize the setting e Printan l0 Configuration page and check link settings ENWW Add the printer to your network system 37 38 Item Description Port Config If the printer is properly linked this item has one of the following values 10BASE T HALF 10 Mbps half duplex 10BASE T FULL 10 Mbps full duplex e 100TX HALF 100 Mbps half duplex 100TX FULL 100 Mbps full duplex e 1000TX FULL If the printer is not properly linked one of the following messages will appear UNKNOWN The printer is in an initialization state e DISCONNECTED A network connection has not been detected Check network cables Reconfigure the link settings or restart the printer Auto Negotiation Indicates whether auto negotiation for link configuration is on or off e ON default The printer will attempt to automatically configure itself onto the network at the proper speed and communication mode e OFF You must manually configure the link speed and communication mode using the front panel Your settings must match those of the network for proper operation Link configuration methods The printer supports 10 100 or 10
227. operties to go to the printer driver In the Paper Quality tab select Paper source Paper Type and Print Quality gam HP Designjet T2500 HPGL2 Printing Preferences Quick sets Save Delete Paper Options Document size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Letter X usorslavai Hy Currently loaded paper Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches opel Universal Instant dry Gloss Photo Paper i Shidi preview bekie piiatiig Roll 2 Plain paper 24 00 inches Single sheet Not loaded Print Quality Standard options U Speed Custom options Rendering resolution ppi Printing resolution dpi 134 Chapter 14 Practical printing examples ENWW ENWW 4 Paper Quality Layout Output Color Services Advanced Quick sets roy ef Resizing Options Actual size Fit to Dat Tabloid Legal Arch A Orie Arch B Arch C Arch D 2 l Arch E Arch E1 Arch E2 Out Arch E3 cas Pag 84 SO B3 ISO B2 50 Deli Bl ISO B4 JIS 183 JIS B2 JIS B1 JIS Super B A3 Super C A2 Super D A1 Paper size 8 50 x 11 00 inches Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches Roll Options Disable automatic cutter Remove blank areas E Crop lines Remove margins between pages Rotate by 90 degrees Autorotate Roll wic From printer Accounting Account ID Select Layout Output gt Fit to to scale the do
228. order to print remotely 1 2 Ensure that your computer and your printer are connected to the same network From your application send the file to print selecting your printer The HP Designjet Print Preview appears Select the printer s name then select Enable Cloud Print from the drop down menu HP Designjet T920 a HP Designjet T920 Follow the instructions on the screen You need to have your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account credentials to sign in and the printer s email address to identify it You can find the email address in the printer s front panel press CA then Printer information Firmware update Product name HP Designjet T2500 Post Printer email johnsmith hp com Serial number CN2700H002 Firmware version MRY_01_00_ 01 1 Firmware status Current firmware is up t You can now print through the Cloud to this printer Print through the Cloud with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share If you are working from home or at another location outside your office and you want to print to your office printer you can print using HP Designjet ePrint amp Share ENWW Introduction 91 92 1 From your application send the file to print selecting your printer 2 Ifyou are already signed into your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account you can select settings and continue printing through the Cloud If you are not signed in to HP Designjet ePrint amp Share a dialog appears askin
229. ork configuration Values and Description This menu appears if Config Method was set to DHCP and a DHCP lease for the print server exists No default The print server does not request to renew the DHCP lease Yes The print server requests to renew the current DHCP lease Available only if Config Method is set to Manual Configure parameters directly from the printer control panel IP Address The unique IP address of the printer n n n n Subnet Mask The subnet mask for the printer n n n n Syslog Server The IP address of the syslog server n n n n used to receive and log syslog messages Default Gateway The IP address n n n n of the gateway or router used for communications with other networks Idle Timeout The time period in seconds after which an idle TCP print data connection is closed default is 270 seconds 0 disables the timeout Specify the IP address to default to when the print server is unable to obtain an IP address from the network during a forced TCP IP reconfiguration for example when manually configured to use BootP or DHCP Auto IP A link local IP address 169 254 x x is set Legacy The address 192 0 0 192 is set consistent with older HP Jetdirect devices Specify the IP address n n n n of a Primary DNS Server NOTE This item appears only if Manual configuration is a higher priority than DHCP in the Config Precedence table configured through the embedded Web server Speci
230. ork configuration Your network should be a Gigabit Ethernet or one of a higher transfer rate in order to achieve optimal scanning speeds If your network is a 10 100 Ethernet configuration you can expect slower transfer of the scan data and thus slower scanning speeds Contact your network administrator for information about your network configuration transfer rates scan to file destinations on the network and possible solutions for increasing the speeds If scanning to files on the network is too slow and the network configuration cannot be amended to correct this improved speeds can be achieved by scanning to a USB flash drive If scanning to a USB flash drive seems slow check your USB flash drive interface compatibility Your system supports a Hi Speed USB interface Your USB flash drive should be compatible with Hi Speed USB Sometimes known as USB 2 Also check that your USB flash drive contains enough storage space for scanned large format images 200 Chapter 22 Troubleshooting scanner issues ENWW 23 ENWW Troubleshooting scan quality issues e Random vertical lines e Wrinkles or folds e Line discontinuities e Grain in area fills when scanning plain paper e Small color differences between adjacent CIS modules e Vertical light lines at the intersection between CIS modules e Variable line thickness or missing lines e Inaccurately reproduced colors e Color fringing e Clipping in dark or light areas e Flare inth
231. ors CIS technology scanners are tuned to work at a fixed focal distance and they are very sensitive to small variations in the position of the original with respect to the scanner glass plate If the scanner lid is not properly closed or if the original has deep wrinkles or texture you may sometimes find problems as in the following example on the right where the scanned image is blurred and colors are faded 212 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW Actions 1 Check the scanner lid sensor by opening the scanner lid and checking that the five CIS modules show blinking red green and blue lights alternately If not reboot the machine and call HP support reporting the error appearing at the front panel If no error is given in the front panel then report scanner lid sensor failure 2 If all the modules lit up correctly in the previous step close the scanner lid by pushing it down until you hear a click Then calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 and repeat your scan 3 Ifthe problem persists repeat the scan or copy using a higher resolution High or Max if scanning Normal or Best if copying You should also set background cleaning to 0 or set the content type to Mixed ENWW Defocus blurring and fading colors 213 4 Ifthe problem persists analyze pattern number 7 in modules A through E of the diagnostic plot A correct example is given below followed by two incorrect exampl
232. oss the image banding e Lines are too thick too thin or missing e Lines appear stepped or jagged Lines print double or in the wrong colors e Lines are discontinuous Lines are blurred e Line lengths are inaccurate e The whole image is blurry or grainy e The paper is not flat e The print is scuffed or scratched e Ink marks on the paper e Black ink comes off when you touch the print e Edges of objects are stepped or not sharp e Edges of objects are darker than expected e Horizontal lines at the end of a cut sheet print e Vertical bands of different colors e White spots on the print e Colors are inaccurate e Colors are fading e The image is incomplete clipped at the bottom e Theimage is clipped e Some objects are missing from the printed image e APDODF file is clipped or objects are missing e The Image Diagnostics Print 182 Chapter21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW o If you still have a problem ENWW 183 General advice When you have any print quality problem e Toachieve the best performance from your printer use only genuine manufacturer s supplies and accessories whose reliability and performance have been thoroughly tested to give trouble free performance and best quality prints For details of recommended papers see Order paper on page 167 e Make sure that the paper type selected in the front panel is the same as the paper type loaded into the printer see View information about
233. ou go to the front panel and press krel then ol then Paper gt Form feed and cut the printer advances the paper and makes a straight cut across the front edge There are several possible reasons why you might want to do this 64 Chapter6 Paper handling ENWW To trim the leading edge of the paper if it is damaged or not straight The cut strip falls into the basket To feed and cut the paper when the automatic cutter has been disabled 6 To cancel the waiting time and print the available pages immediately if the printer is waiting to nest more pages Ef NOTE The printhead is serviced after each print and the paper cannot be cut until the process completes so you may notice a delay Ee NOTE O n page 191 Photo and coated paper requires careful handling see The print is scuffed or scratched xo TIP To move the paper without cutting it see Move the paper on page 63 ENWW Feed and cut the paper 65 7 Working with two rolls The uses of a multiroll printer A multiroll printer can be useful in several different ways e The printer can automatically switch between different paper types according to your needs e The printer can automatically switch between different paper widths according to your needs This enables you to save paper by printing smaller images on narrower paper e fyou load two identical rolls into the printer you can leave it printing unattended for a long time because it can switch from one r
234. our image will be printed on a page of the size you have selected witha narrow margin between the edges of the image and the edges of the paper In this case if the image is the same size as the page the printer assumes that the extreme edges of the image are either white or unimportant and do not need to be printed This may be useful when your image already contains a border e Borderless Your image will be printed on a page of the size you have selected with no margins The image is slightly enlarged to ensure that no margin is left between the edges of the image and the edges of the paper If you select Automatically by Printer this enlargement is done automatically If you select Manually in Application you must select a custom page size slightly larger than the page on which you intend to print See also Print with no margins on page 78 Print on loaded paper To print a job on whichever paper is loaded in the printer 74 Chapter8 Printing ENWW e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Paper Quality tab then select Use printer settings in the Paper Type drop down list e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Paper Quality panel then select Any in the Paper Type drop down list Ef NOTE These are the default Paper Type selections Rescale a print You can send an image to the printer at a certain size but tell the printer to rescale it to a different size normally larger This may be useful e fyour software does no
235. oved it could leave ink in the output tray and marks on the print Ef NOTE If you cancel the drying time during a print the printer may not feed and cut the paper right away due to the printhead maintenance which runs in parallel If the dry time is zero the printer cuts the paper and then performs the printhead maintenance However if the dry time is greater than zero the printer does not cut the paper until after the printhead maintenance has completed Change the retrieval time You may wish to add some time after drying in which you can pick up the print before the next job starts Press Eel then o then Setup gt Print retrieval gt Retrieval time Turn the automatic cutter on and off To turn the printer s paper cutter on or off e From the HP Designjet Utility for Windows select the Admin tab and change the Cutter option in Printer Settings gt Advanced e Fromthe Embedded Web Server select the Setup tab then Printer Settings gt Advanced and change the Cutter option From the front panel press fel then o then Setup gt Print retrieval gt Cutter The default setting is On If the cutter is turned off it does not cut the paper between jobs but continues to cut the paper on loading unloading switching between rolls and switching between the stacker and the basket ai TIP To cut roll paper while the automatic cutter is disabled see Feed and cut the paper on page 64 Feed and cut the paper If y
236. pe of printhead model number 2 Check that the printhead is correctly oriented 3 Check that you have correctly closed and latched the printhead cover see Insert the printhead on page 148 The front panel display recommends reseating or replacing the printhead 1 Remove the printhead see Remove the printhead on page 145 ENWW Cannot insert an ink cartridge 227 2 Clean the electrical connections on the backside of the printhead with a lint free cloth You can carefully use a mild rubbing alcohol if moisture is needed to remove residue Do not use water A CAUTION This is a delicate process and may damage the printhead Do not touch the nozzles on the bottom side of the printhead especially not with any alcohol 3 Reinsert the printhead see Insert the printhead on page 148 4 Check the front panel display message If the problem remains try a new printhead Clean the printhead As long as the printer is kept turned on automatic cleaning is performed periodically This ensures there is fresh ink in the nozzles and prevents nozzle clogs thus preserving print quality If you have print quality problems please see The Image Diagnostics Print on page 196 before proceeding To clean the printhead go to the front panel and press EFT then then Image Quality Maintenance gt Clean printhead and select the color group including the color that needs cleaning Clean all Clean MK Y Clean C M PK G Align the prin
237. pecifically for your printer it will require some readjustment which can be done using one of the following options provided with your printer e None Native no emulation The printer will use its default internal conversion from CMYK to RGB without following any color standard This does not imply that results will be bad e ISO Coated 2 ECI is based on the characterization dataset FOGRA39L txt applicable to the following reference printing conditions according to the international standard ISO 12647 2 2004 Amd 1 commercial and specialty offset paper type 1 and 2 gloss or matt coated paper positive plates tone value increase curves A CMY and B K white backing e Coated GRACoL 2006 1S012647 provides GRACOoL proofing and printing on Grade 1 coated paper ISO 12647 2 Paper type 1 e PSO Uncoated IS012647 ECI is based on the characterization data set FOGRA47L txt applicable to the following reference printing condition according to the international standards ISO 12647 2 2004 and ISO 12647 2 2004 Amd 1 2007 commercial and specialty offset paper type 4 uncoated white paper positive plates tone value increase curves C CMY and D K white backing e PSO LWC Improved ECl is based on the characterization data set FOGRA45L txt applicable to the following reference printing condition according to the international standards ISO 12647 2 2004 and ISO 12647 2 2004 Amd 1 2007 commercial and specialty offset improved LWC paper light we
238. print a document with HP Designjet ePrint amp Share it is saved in your Online Print History From other applications when there is an Open In option available select ePrint amp Share in order to print your documents on a Web connected HP Designjet printer all Carrier 3G ePrint amp Share info If you have a print ready drawing in your email or another application you can Open in it from there in HP Designjet ePrint amp Share In ePrint amp Share you can also connect to online FTPs where you or your partners have stored drawings Cancel View and print from the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share website 1 Go to http www hp com go eprintandshare and log in to your account 94 Chapter11 Web connected printing ENWW To view and print a file select the category to filter your list of saved files printed scanned shared with me or all You will see a list of your files ordered by time The file can be identified by the name the date and time of printing the printer that was used and the thumbnail fi HP Designjet ePrint amp Share Settings My Printers Support yanna vogiazou hp com My History Download Share Sort by Creation Date 1 Page1 1 gt a ok Scanned dite facka signjet T920 PostScript Ba Shared with me Delete DD Deleted files aa z Other storage ent o HP De T920 Posts otect Delete ee to HP ePrint amp Share 4 35 e T one page 7 Mar 2013
239. puter using a printer driver Advanced print settings Print from iOS with AirPrint 68 Chapter8 Printing ENWW Introduction There are various different ways in which you can choose to print depending on your circumstances and preferences Print a TIFF JPEG HP GL 2 RTL PDF or PostScript file directly from a USB flash drive See Print froma USB flash drive on page 69 Print a file that is already in the job queue See Reprint a job from the queue on page 105 Print a TIFF JPEG HP GL 2 RTL PDF or PostScript file directly from a computer connected to the printer using the Embedded Web Server or the HP Utility See Print from a computer using the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility on page 70 Print any kind of file from a computer connected to the printer by network using a software application that can open the file and a printer driver supplied with your printer See Print from a computer using a printer driver on page 71 Print using AirPrint from a device that supports it See Print from iOS with AirPrint on page 82 See also Web connected printing on page 90 Ef NOTE To print PDF or PostScript files a PostScript printer is required Print from a USB flash drive ENWW 1 Insert a USB flash drive containing one or more TIFF JPEG HP GL 2 RTL PDF or PostScript files into the printer s USB port Ee NOTE To print PDF or PostScript files a PostScript printer is required Ex NOTE The use of USB fla
240. quality ensure that this setting is correct Ef NOTE If you change the settings in this way the changed settings apply to the current job but are not saved permanently You can change the default settings from the main menu press Eel then ol then Copy preferences When you are satisfied with the copy settings press anywhere on the screen to return to the previous page then press Start If two rolls are loaded you can choose to print on either roll or you can let the printer choose automatically Ex NOTE The printer will automatically rotate the image by 90 if it can save paper by doing so When the scan is complete press ry to eject the scanned sheet from the scanner be ready to pick it up While the scanned image is being printed you can perform some other operation you don t need to wait for the end of the print After printing you can choose to make another copy or go to the job queue If you make another copy immediately without returning to the home screen the temporary settings used for the previous copy are used again Ef NOTE By default if the original is skewed in the scanner not loaded straight the scanner will try to correct the skew automatically To turn off this automatic correction press el then o then Scan preferences gt De skew gt Off 89 11 Web connected printing J Introduction e Enable Cloud printing for your printer e Print through the Cloud with HP Designjet ePrint amp S
241. r e Cannot access the HP Utility e Cannot access the Embedded Web Server e Cannot connect to the Internet e Web Services issues n Automatic file system check Alerts 230 Chapter 26 Troubleshooting general printer issues ENWW The printer will not start If the printer will not start you are recommended to replace the firmware in the following way 1 2 Go to the HP Support Center see HP Support Center on page 240 and download the firmware Save the firmware on a USB flash drive Ideally the USB flash drive should be empty and formatted with the FAT filesystem Ensure that the printer is turned off Connect the USB flash drive to the Hi Speed USB host port in the front panel then turn the printer on d The printer takes about a minute to read the firmware file then asks you to remove the USB flash drive The printer automatically installs the new firmware and restarts The printer does not print If all is in order paper loaded all ink components installed and no file errors there are still reasons why a file you have sent from your computer may not start printing when expected ENWW You may have an electrical power problem If there is no activity at all from the printer and the front panel does not respond check that the power cable is connected correctly and that there is power available at the socket Nesting may be on and the printer is waiting for the specified nest wait time before calculati
242. r it is important to select a photo paper type as the printer adjusts its use of ink for photo paper Transparent or translucent film If your paper is a transparent film for example a transparency select paper type Film gt Transparent Clear film If your paper is a translucent paper or film for example technical paper select paper type Film gt Matte film Photo paper If your paper is a photo paper use the Photo Paper category For gloss or high gloss paper select paper type Photo Gloss Paper For semi gloss satin pearl or luster finishes select paper type Photo Semi gloss Satin Paper To increase gamut on photo paper select paper type HP Universal Gloss Photo Paper or HP Universal Satin Photo Paper depending on the finish Bond and coated or technical paper Your paper type selection for generic paper depends on the paper s ink absorption capacity e Forthin papers lt 90 g m or uncoated papers for example plain paper or bright white paper select paper type Bond and Coated Paper gt Plain Paper You can also select Recycled Bond Paper e For light coated papers lt 110 g m select paper type Bond and Coated Paper gt HP Coated Paper e _ For heavyweight coated papers lt 200 g m select paper type Bond and Coated Paper gt Heavyweight Coated Paper Black ink is easily removed when touched This happens when your paper is incompatible with matte black ink To use an optimized ink combination
243. re available These options are suggested for troubleshooting purposes and may adversely affect the final output quality or the time necessary to generate the print job Therefore they should be cancelled if they do not help to solve the problem A PDF file is clipped or objects are missing In older versions of Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader large PDF files could be clipped or lose some objects when printing with the HP GL 2 driver at high resolution In order to avoid such problems update your Adobe Acrobat or Adobe Reader software to the latest version From version 7 onwards these problems should be solved The Image Diagnostics Print The Image Diagnostics Print consists of patterns designed to highlight printhead reliability problems It helps you to check the performance of the printhead and whether it suffers from clogging or other problems To print the Image Diagnostics Print 196 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW ENWW 1 Use the same paper type that you were using when you detected a problem 2 Check that the selected paper type is the same as the paper type loaded into the printer See View information about the paper on page 62 3 At the printer s front panel press CA then ol then select Image Quality Maintenance gt Print diagnostic image It takes about two minutes to print the Image Diagnostics Print The print is divided into two parts both of which test printhead performance e Par
244. re you can print from a conference room job site or even home This free Web service makes it easy to access and print large format documents using your tablet smartphone laptop or printer s touchscreen For further information go to http www hp com go eprintandshare Print from virtually anywhere Use your tablet smartphone laptop or HP Designjet ePrinter s touchscreen to print where and when you need e Plot to print seamlessly from AutoCAD 360 e Send files to print by email to your HP Designjet ePrinter Save your files online in the cloud Every time you print or scan using HP Designjet ePrint amp Share a copy of your file is saved in your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account so finding files for reprints becomes a breeze e Access files saved to the cloud using your online print history e Keep your projects safeguarded with trusted HP security features e Scan to the cloud by using the scan to HP Designjet ePrint amp Share application Collaborate with ease Whether your files are stored in your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account or an FTP site HP Designjet ePrint amp Share makes it easy to view share and print files e Share files using an automatically generated hyperlink e Access all your FTP sites in one place Turn the printer on and off If you wish to turn the printer on or off or reset the printer the normal and recommended method is to use the Power key on the front panel How
245. reen or the Scan queue icon to go to the scan job queue Ee NOTE If you press Sign out or IA your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share session is closed and you will need to sign in to access it again 11 The scanned document will be available in the Scanned event that was named in the Scan details screen and you can later print it or share it with other people View and print from other content repositories You may be able to connect your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account to other content repositories such as FTP sites in which case you can use HP Designjet ePrint amp Share to print directly from those repositories For further information see http www hp com go eprintandshare Create your Online Print History Documents are automatically added to your Online Print History in each of the following cases e Whenever you print using the HP Designjet ePrint amp Share driver and you are logged into HP Designjet ePrint amp Share from that driver 100 Chapter 11 Web connected printing ENWW HP Designjet Preview Print List a HP Designjet T1500 HPGL2 Automatic Stacker v A03 Empla ament Planta soterrani pdf 22 99 x 32 72 in A03 Empla ament Pla gt PN For automatic media source printer policy will apply e Whenever you print from the front panel using HP Designjet ePrint amp Share e Whenever you print from the the mobile app on your smartphone or tablet e Whenever you print from an FTP site using
246. rences between adjacent CIS modules 205 Actions 1 Repeat the scan or copy setting the content type to Image reducing the background cleaning to 0 or turning the original 90 degrees before scanning it again 2 Ifthe problem persists clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 If calibration ended without errors proceed to analyze again pattern number 9 and modules A through E of the diagnostic plot 3 After analyzing pattern 9 if you see some color differences between left and right sides of the bars for neutral and vivid colors call HP support and report small color differences between adjacent CIS modules Otherwise if you see color differences for vivid colors but not for neutral colors see Clipping in dark or light areas on page 208 If necessary see also Grain in area fills when scanning plain paper on page 204 Vertical light lines at the intersection between CIS modules This problem can be found when scanning large uniform area fills which are made of some light color You sometimes find light vertical bands around 0 5 cm wide at the intersection between two CIS modules as in this example Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in this example oe a Actions 1 Repeat the scan or copy setting the content type to Image reducing the background cleaning to 0 or turning the original 90 degrees before scanning it again 2 Ifthe problem persi
247. ring C Bluetooth Sharing Ps Options tl ja Click the lock to prevent further changes The scanner user can now access the folder and write files to it Next you must configure the printer to send scans to the folder Paper suitability options Paper mismatch action If the paper currently loaded in the printer is not suitable for a particular job the printer can either put the job on hold until some suitable paper is loaded or it can ignore the problem and print the job on the unsuitable paper There are several ways in which the loaded paper may be considered unsuitable e The paper type is not as specified for the job e The paper source roll 1 roll 2 or sheet is not as specified for the job e The paper size is smaller than specified for the job You can set the printer s behavior in such cases from the front panel Press T then ol then Setup gt Job management gt Paper mismatch action gt Print anyway if you want such jobs to print on whatever paper is loaded This is the default option when printing from a software application or from the Embedded Web Server but it does not work when printing from a USB flash drive Press CA then ol then Setup gt Job management gt Paper mismatch action gt Put job on hold if you want such jobs to be put on hold The printer will send an alert whenever a job is put on hold When a job is put on hold for paper it is kept in the printer queue until some su
248. rint by email To set up your printer for Web Services please follow these steps explained in more detail below 1 Make sure that your printer is correctly connected to the Internet 2 Run the Connectivity Wizard At the front panel press CA then ol then Connectivity gt Connectivity wizard E NOTE The printer may need to restart if the firmware is updated during this process voi TIP When the Wizard displays your printer code you are recommended to make a note of it A page is automatically printed with the printer s email address instructions on how to use it and how to manage printer security 3 Create an HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account when prompted or later at http www hp com go eprintandshare HP Designjet ePrint amp Share saves copies of all your print jobs in the cloud so that you can reprint and share them from almost anywhere even from smartphones and tablets 4 Activate your account by clicking the activation link that you will receive by email 9 TIP If you don t see the message remember to check your junk email folder 5 Using a Web browser enable remote printing from your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account and give your printer s email address so that your printer can be used for remote printing 6 This is an optional step If you are the printer administrator log in at the HP ePrint Center http www hp com go eprintcenter to customize your printer s email address or manage
249. rint from a computer using a printer driver 71 Select print quality The printer has various print quality options because best quality printing requires some loss of speed while fast printing implies some reduction in print quality Therefore the standard print quality selector is a slider that allows you to choose between quality and speed With some paper types you can choose a compromise position between the two Alternatively you can select from the custom options Best Normal and Fast If you select Fast you can also select Economode which uses a lower rendering resolution and consumes less ink It therefore increases printing speed even further but reduces print quality Economode can be selected only from the custom options not from the slider There is also two supplementary custom options that may have an effect on print quality Maximum Detail and More Passes See High quality printing on page 77 Ef NOTE In the Windows driver dialog the rendering resolution for your job is displayed in the Custom Print Quality Options dialog box select Custom options and then Settings You can select print quality options in the following ways e inthe Windows driver dialog go to the Paper Quality tab and look at the Print Quality section If you select Standard Options you will see a simple slider with which you can select speed or quality If you select Custom Options you will see the more specific options described above e in
250. rint preview Ef NOTE Previews may be blocked by an administrator in which case you will not be able to see them When the preview is displayed you can press it to zoom in on it Press it again to zoom out You can also press K to preview the previous job or to preview the next job Select when to print a job in the queue Ef NOTE The When To Start Printing options cannot be used with PostScript jobs You can select at what point you want to print a file you have in the queue Press fel then o then Setup gt Job management gt When to start printing There are three options you can select e When After Processing is selected the printer waits until the whole page has been processed and then it starts to print This is the slowest setting but ensures the best print quality in large or complex prints e When Immediately is selected the printer prints the page as it is processed This is the quickest setting but the printer may stop halfway through a print to process data This setting is not recommended for complex images with dense color e When Optimized is selected this is the default setting the printer calculates the best time to begin printing the page It is usually the best compromise between the After Processing and Immediately settings Prioritize a job in the queue You can select a job in the queue and make it the next one to be printed After selecting the job press Move to front 104 Chapter12 Job queue
251. ript printers only Select TIFF only if you are sending a file of that type directly to the printer without going through a printer driver PostScript printers only Select JPEG only if you are sending a file of that type directly to the printer without going through a printer driver PostScript printers only Alternatively you can change the graphic language setting from the front panel Press rel then ol then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Graphics language Select the desired option Ex NOTE If the graphic language is set from the Embedded Web Server it overrides the front panel setting Manage printer security When you have set up Web Services the printer is in unlock mode In unlock mode anyone who knows your printer s email address can print to your printer by just sending a file to it Although HP provides a spam filtering service you should be careful about giving out your printer s email address as everything sent to that address may be printed on your printer If you are the printer administrator you can manage printer security or change your printer status to lock mode by visiting the HP ePrint Center at http www hp com go eprintcenter You can also manage print jobs from there At your first visit you will need to create an account in the HP ePrint Center 48 Chapter5 Personalizing the printer ENWW You may wish to use the same credentials for HP Designjet ePrint amp Share and the ePrint Center so that the
252. rs Many different color spaces can use the same color model for instance monitors generally use the RGB color model but they have different color spaces because a particular set of RGB numbers results in different colors on different monitors Cutter A printer component that slides back and forth across the platen to cut the paper ESD ElectroStatic Discharge Static electricity is common in daily life It is the spark when touching the car door or the cling of clothing Although controlled static electricity has some useful applications uncontrolled electrostatic discharges are one of the main hazards to electronic products Therefore to prevent damage some precautions are needed when setting up the printer or handling ESD sensitive devices This type of damage may reduce the life expectancy of the device One way to minimize uncontrolled ESDs and therefore reduce this type of damage is by touching any exposed grounded part of the printer mainly metal parts before handling ESD sensitive devices such as the printhead or ink cartridges Additionally to reduce the generation of electrostatic charge in your body try to avoid working in a carpeted area and keep your body movements to a minimum when handling ESD sensitive devices Also avoid working in low humidity environments Ethernet A popular computer networking technology for local area networks Fast Ethernet An Ethernet network capable of transferring data at up to 100 000 000 bi
253. s Xgrid Sharing Internet Sharing Bluetooth Sharing t gt aP lt gt j Options a Click the lock to prevent further changes 4 Make sure the scanner user has Read amp Write access to the folder 5 Click Options 6 Check the Share files and folder using SMB box and make sure that the scanner user is checked in the On column Share files and folders using AFP File Sharing Off l l Share files and folders using FTP Warning FTP logins and data transfers are not encrypted Share files and folders using SMB When you enable SMB sharing for a user account you must enter the password for that account Sharing with SMB stores this password in a less secure manner E Joe Blogg 28 Chapter 3 Setting up the printer ENWW 7 Click Done You will now see file sharing enabled and Windows sharing on Sharing a0 a Show All Q Computer Name Joe Blogg s iMac Computers on your local network can access your computer at Joe 4 Edit y Bloggs iMac local amassa On Service Windows Sharing On DVD or CD Sharing Windows users can access your computer at smb 10 0 1 40 Screen Sharing W File Sharing Printer Sharing Shared Folders Users Web Sharing Joe Blogg s Public Folder 3 Joe Blogg Read amp Write C Remote Login AA Users Read Only Remote Management Bat Everyone Read Only C Remote Apple Events Xgrid Sharing C Internet Sha
254. s an alphabetical index to help you to find topics quickly Warnings and Cautions The following symbols are used in this manual to ensure the proper use of the printer and to prevent the printer from being damaged Follow the instructions marked with these symbols A WARNING Failure to follow the guidelines marked with this symbol could result in serious personal injury or death A CAUTION Failure to follow the guidelines marked with this symbol could result in minor personal injury or damage to the printer Printer models This guide covers the following printer models normally referring to them by their short names for brevity Full name Short name HP Designjet T2500 eMultifunction T2500 HP Designjet T2500 PostScript eMultifunction T2500 PS Chapter 1 Introduction ENWW The printer s main features Your printer is a color inkjet printer designed for printing high quality images on paper up to 914 mm 36 in wide with an integrated color scanner capable of scanning images up to 914 mm 36 in wide and 7 m 23 ft long Some major features of the printer are shown below ENWW Built in stacker for paper sizes from A4 A portrait to AO E with up to 50 A1 D size capacity Roll and single sheet loading from the front of the printer Two rolls with automatic switching enabling long runs of unattended printing Six ink system Integrated printhead 9 8 in 28 mm wide with duplicated black nozzles improving speed and quality
255. s below to use the printer safely Do not carry out any operations or procedures other than as described in this document because doing so may result in death serious personal injuries or fire Mains connection Use the power supply voltage specified on the label Avoid overloading the printer s electrical outlet with multiple devices Doing so can cause a fire or an electric shock hazard e Ensure that the printer is well grounded Failure to ground the printer may result in electrical shock fire and susceptibility to electromagnetic interference e Use only the power cord supplied by HP with the printer Do not damage cut or repair the power cord A damaged power cord can cause fire and electric shock Replace a damaged power cord with an HP approved power cord e insert the power cord securely and completely into the wall socket and printer inlet A poor connection can cause a fire or an electric shock hazard e Never handle the power cord with wet hands Doing so may cause electric shock hazard e Observe all warnings and instructions marked on the printer Printer operation e Donot allow metal or liquids except those used in HP Cleaning Kits to touch the internal parts of the printer Doing so may cause fire electric shock or other serious hazards e Never insert your hand into the printer while it is printing Moving parts inside the printer may cause injuries e Keep the ventilation system in the room turned on when print
256. s not necessary to leave it permanently connected just plug it in once and the printer is upgraded forever Spindle With extra spindles you can change rapidly from one paper type to another 170 Chapter 19 Supplies and accessories ENWW 3 in Spindle Adaptor Kit With this adaptor you can use paper rolls with 3 inch cores provided that the diameter of the roll is within printer specifications ENWW Introduction to the accessories 171 20 Troubleshooting paper issues e The paper cannot be loaded successfully e The paper type is not in the list e The printer printed on the wrong paper type e An on hold for paper message e The paper has jammed in the print platen e The paper has jammed in the stacker e The printer reports unexpectedly that the stacker is full e The printer displays out of paper when paper is available e Prints do not fall neatly into the basket e The print remains in the printer after printing has completed e The cutter does not cut well The roll is loose on the spindle 172 Chapter 20 Troubleshooting paper issues ENWW The paper cannot be loaded successfully e Ensure no paper is loaded e _ Ensure the paper is far enough inside the printer you should feel the printer grab the paper e The paper may be crumpled or warped or may have irregular edges Unsuccessful roll load e _ If the paper does not load the leading edge of the paper may not be straight or clean and needs to be
257. s of gray or in pure black and white Default RGB source profile you can choose from a selection of RGB source profiles recognized by the printer Printer emulation you can choose to emulate a different HP Designjet printer Default Off no printer emulation T2500 PS options with PostScript or PDF jobs e Default CMYK source profile you can choose from a selection of CMYK source profiles recognized by the printer Default US Coated SWOP v2 e Rendering intent you can select the rendering intent e Black point compensation you can turn black point compensation on or off e HP Professional PANTONE Emulation you can turn HP Professional PANTONE Emulation on or off Rendering intent Rendering intent is one of the settings used when doing a color transformation As you probably know some of the colors you want to print may not be reproducible by the printer The rendering intent allows you to select one of four different ways of handling these so called out of gamut colors Saturation graphics best used for presentation graphics charts or images made up of bright saturated colors Perceptual images best used for photographs or images in which colors blend together It tries to preserve the overall color appearance Relative colorimetric proofing best used when you want to match a particular color This method is mainly used for proofing It guarantees that if a color can be printed accurately it will be printed accurat
258. s to reproduce colors as accurately as possible on all devices so that when you print an image you see very similar colors as when you view the same image on your monitor 112 Chapter 13 Color management ENWW There are two basic approaches to color management for your printer e Application Managed Colors in this case your application program must convert the colors of your image to the color space of your printer and paper type using the ICC profile embedded in the image and the ICC profile of your printer and paper type e Printer Managed Colors in this case your application program sends your image to the printer without any color conversion and the printer converts the colors to its own color space The details of this process depend on the graphics language that you are using o PostScript PostScript printers the PostScript interpreter module performs the color conversion using the profiles stored in the printer and any additional profiles sent with the PostScript job This kind of color management is done when you are using the PostScript driver and you specify printer color management or when you send a PostScript PDF TIFF or JPEG file directly to the printer through the Embedded Web Server In either case you have to select the profiles to use as default in case the job doesn t specify any and the rendering intent to apply o Non PostScript PCL3GUI HP GL 2 the color management is done using a set of stored color tables
259. s0000000rssssseeecosssssseseeorssssssssscorssssssseecesesssssseeereree 167 Introduction to the accessories ccccssssseccccsssssrecccssssseesecssssseeececesssseseceessseececeessaseeeessssueesecsseseeeseesessneeeees 170 20 Troubleshooting Paper issues scesccsccccccccccccccesccsceccescesceccesccsceccecocsccccesccsccccesccsscccesccsscsccesosscecceccescesceso 172 The paper cannot be loaded successfully oo eee eecccssccccceccccecccccecccceccsccesccceseseessssesssesssssssssssssssssssscssssessesees 173 The paper type isnot in the ISU cessswnsetsncodesnecwasd cess sstecmspasswadunssucuansuvesavevmaseasnadsswassunantenbesecsousesenetecedananeabodesoness 174 The printer printed on the wrong paper type eeeeseeosenoesennssssssssssssssssssssseeesseeesseeeeeeeeecerecereeerresseessssssssseeeseeesee 175 An on hold for paper message accacsssexessssacasndevavsneacoadsseveecuevdandensnsnnnnunnenssdadseadoucnsnsndenvoaevndeuaceessndepeveansusnoondoseds 175 The paper has jammed in the print platen ce eeseetesececscccssssssssssscssceseesseeeeeeeeseeceseeceseeseceeseessesscssssssseees 176 The paper has jammed in the stacker eonosoosssecceeseesssseeseeesseeeesseeseerrrserrsserssssssssssssssssesseeseeeeeeeceeeeeeeereessseesssssss 180 The printer reports unexpectedly that the stacker is full 0000000000000000000000000000s00eessseeee0eereeereseessssssssssssssse 181 The printer displays out of paper when paper is available oo
260. sary ENWW Paper A thin flat material made to be written or printed on most commonly made from fibers of some kind which are pulped dried and pressed Platen The flat surface within the printer over which the paper passes while it is being printed on Printer driver Software that converts a print job in a generalized format into data suitable for a particular printer Printhead A removable printer component that takes ink of one or more colors from the corresponding ink cartridge s and deposits it on the paper through a cluster of nozzles Spindle A rod that supports a roll of paper while it is being used for printing TCP IP Transmission Control Protocol Internet Protocol the communications protocols on which the Internet is based USB Universal Serial Bus a standard serial bus designed to connect devices to computers Your printer supports Hi Speed USB sometimes called USB 2 0 USB device port A square USB socket found on USB devices though which a computer can control the device For a computer to print to your printer using a USB connection the computer must be connected to the printer s USB device port USB host port A rectangular USB socket such as those on found on computers A printer can control USB devices that are connected to such a port Your printer has two USB host ports which it uses to control accessories and USB flash drives ENWW Glossary 249 Index A accesscontrol 32 accessories order 170
261. sccccccccecccccccceccescccceccesccsceccescoccceccescccceccescccccccocccecescccccecossoscceceesoccceso 200 Cannot access the network folder n nnosenee0sooeeeossoeessssoeesssoeeessseeesssseeessseeeessseesssseeesssssesssseeeoesssseeesssseeessssee 200 Scanning COMI 1S SOW cece tees aenuatacananebensquneesinsansueeetscath ctoasoensmuan canvas 200 23 Troubleshooting Scan quallity ISSUES ccccccccccccscscccccscccccscscscscscccscecccecccccececececcceccccceccccccccccccscccsccccsccccs 201 Random vertical lines steatiaesnseaenccasdsaneecenitiautsesasessdusisceeettequsseuesiieasunsee iussedestgeectnedunsusesmisaneenboastneduendenisieeupearsaties 202 WankES Or TOIS iesirea E r A 202 Line discontinuities cisinactnreaeayaeswonncancedes nace Er E E E OE 203 Grain in area fills when scanning plain Pape eeeeeeeeseeeesessssssssssssssseesseeeeeereereeeeeeceeceeeeceeceeessssesesssesssssssessssee 204 Small color differences between adjacent CIS modules uu ccc ccccccccccccecesssssssccccececesccsccccesccsssccssceceesesees 205 Vertical light lines at the intersection between CIS modules ec cccsescseeceeeceeeeeceeececeseesceeeeseseseseeeeees 206 Variable line thickness or MISSING LINES ccccceeeecececcececcccceeeceeccececccccsssesscessseceeeeeeseeeeeeceeceeeeeesessesesessss 207 Inaccurately reproduced colors sivisc cus schesicccvieestuaconddcssnseaaswacenedenspwdudsndadavensaasuadosedcdoudoevendcdawensbaasondesswcdewosuonotedevas 207
262. se updates increase the printer s functionality enhance its features and may correct minor problems y IMPORTANT You are strongly recommended to update the firmware periodically in order to take advantage of the latest developments There are various ways of downloading and installing firmware updates you can choose whichever you find most convenient They can be divided into two categories automatic and manual updates Ef NOTE The firmware includes a set of the most commonly used paper presets Extra paper presets can be downloaded separately see Paper presets on page 62 Automatic firmware updates Automatic firmware updates are a convenience that is possible with Web connected printers Your printer can automatically download the latest firmware release and install it for you Important notes e Your printer must be connected to the Internet see Set up your Web connected printer on page 22 e To configure automatic firmware updates you can use the front panel or the Embedded Web Server see Set up your Web connected printer on page 22 e fan administrator password has been set it will be required to change these settings e A firmware update package can be large you may want to consider whether there are any implications for your network or Internet connection e A firmware update is downloaded in the background the printer can be printing at the same time However it cannot be installed in the background printing must
263. select paper type Photo Paper gt Photo Gloss Paper After printing the paper has wrinkles or there is too much ink Reduce the quantity of ink or use thicker paper Matte paper categories from thinnest to thickest are 174 Chapter 20 Troubleshooting paper issues ENWW e Plain Paper e Coated Paper e Heavyweight Coated Paper e Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper vof TIP Ifyou load paper that is slightly thicker than the paper type you selected the printer will use less ink than usual for the loaded paper For other print quality problems see Troubleshooting print quality issues on page 182 The printer printed on the wrong paper type If the printer prints your job before you were able to load your desired paper you may have Any or Use printer settings selected for the Paper Type in the printer driver In this case the printer will print immediately on whichever paper is loaded Load your desired paper see Paper handling on page 50 and select your paper type specifically in the driver e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Paper Quality tab then select your paper type from the Paper Type list e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Paper Quality panel then select your paper type from the Paper Type list Ex NOTE The driver default is Any for Mac OS and Use printer settings for Windows they have the same effect An on hold for paper message Based on a set of conditions that you can set when sending
264. seoeesssoeessssoesssseeenssseoeesssseeesssseeessseeeesssseeesssseeessssseeesssseeee 64 ENWW Feed and Cut the paper ou eeecssscccecceccccccsssssseccccecscceccccscscsececeseececssscscceececeseecacsssssseesceeeseaccessseesssseeeeaacseeees 64 T VROTIIG WITT CWO DOUG arasi aie eis 66 The ISOS ofa multirol printet sses NEEE AEN AE EEA AAA S EATE N ENNEA 66 How the printer allocates jobs to paper rolls wu cc cecccccccesssssscscscccessccecsnscscsssesesesecsceeecccsessessseenaccsesess 66 E PENE a EE aero ee ded nena teense ete 68 Mu odur WYO o5 sess aigna ne coiecens uy E E ecinistnnseu sdeaudecioatcan sates E 69 Print from a USB flash drive saa co aeatapasnca caso cenusancnaciteose ies susmntetidarenansteawe enauutedeaaesvaguaenacaiaed ounenteannannenaneenncoayhennenteneses 69 Print from a computer using the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility cc eecssssssssssssssssssceeseseeeeeeens 70 Print from a computer USING a Printer driver ccccceesssssssssscccececceeeceseeccccececessssssseseseeseseesessessnccscaccsseeeeees 71 Advanced print settings ane en re ee ne eee ee ee ee ee ee ee 71 Print FOR iOS with AI PIII cscs nan enea ERENER AREON RAAE NEEN EAEE 82 SE 1 ees eer a ever ne re eee no ore eee ee eae tr nS er e MOeT CO ee re Torre ese er eee ene eee eee wer ae 84 Paper types suitable for scanning cccceeeesssscsccccscccccecccssssssssessssscscccscaececeseseeccssssssssssscssscssacseeesessseeeeecs 84 SCA GO NIE
265. service representative The printer seems slow Here are some possible explanations e Didyou set the print quality to Best or Max Detail Best quality and maximum detail prints take longer e Did you specify the correct paper type when loading the paper Some paper types require more time for printing To find out the printer s current paper type setting see View information about the paper on page 62 e Check that all components used in your network network interface cards hubs routers switches cables are capable of high speed operation Is there a lot of traffic from other devices on the network e __ Did you specify Extended drying time in the front panel Try changing the drying time to Optimal The printer behaves strangely If you are experiencing unexpected behavior from your printer you can restore most of your printer s settings to their factory default values from the front panel Press fel then ol then Setup gt Resets gt Restore factory settings This will not reset basic networking settings or network security settings Basic networking settings can be reset by pressing el then ol then Connectivity gt Network connectivity gt Advanced gt Restore factory settings Network security settings can be reset by pressing Fel then ol then Connectivity gt Network connectivity gt Gigabit Ethernet gt Modify configuration gt Reset Security Communication failures between computer and printer Some sy
266. sh drives with your printer may be disabled by the administrator see Control access to the printer on page 32 At the front panel go to the home screen and press T then e Select the file to be printed Files that cannot be printed are indicated with You can press folders to browse their contents The default print settings are displayed If you want to change them press Settings The following settings are available e Size allows you to resize the print in two different ways to a percentage of its original size or to fit a particular paper size The default is 100 its original size e Color allows you to choose color grayscale or black and white printing e Print quality allows you to set the print quality to Best Normal or Fast e Roll allows you to specify printing on roll 1 or roll 2 or you can choose Save paper which automatically chooses the narrowest roll on which the print will fit if two rolls are loaded e Manual mode allows you to enable manual printing with the stacker open for this job it is disabled by default e Paper output allows you to direct output to the stacker the default or the basket e Collate allows you to turn collation on or off Introduction 69 e Page order allows you to choose first page on top or last page on top e Rotation allows you to rotate the print by any multiple of 90 or you can choose Automatic which rotates the print automatically if that will save paper e Pri
267. shapes Use only purchased sheets In case of any problem please follow the instructions given on the front panel display If you would like to start the load process again cancel the process on the front panel If a sheet is in the printer it is ejected to the stacker Paper loading error messages ENWW Here is a list of front panel messages related to paper loading with the suggested corrective action Front panel message Suggested action Close the roll cover when the paper loadis Close the roll cover when the paper load is finished finished The paper cannot be loaded successfully 173 Front panel message Suggested action Paper not detected During the paper load process the printer did not detect any paper Ensure the paper is inserted fully and is not transparent Roll cover closed during paper load process Do not close the roll cover until you are prompted to do so by the front panel Sheet too small During the load process the printer detected that the sheet of paper is too narrow or too short to be loaded in the printer Press XE stop the load process See Functional specifications on page 244 The paper type is not in the list To work with a paper that does not appear in the list in the driver or front panel you can choose one of the other papers in the list However you should at least choose a paper of the same type transparent or translucent photo or bond coated or technical Ef NOTE For photo pape
268. ssary see Clean the printhead on page 228 Then reprint the Image Diagnostics Print to see whether the problem has been solved If the problem remains clean the printhead again and reprint the Image Diagnostics Print to see whether the problem has been solved If the problem still remains replace the printhead see Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 or contact HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 If you still have a problem If you still experience print quality problems after applying the advice in this chapter here are some further things that you can do 198 Chapter 21 Try using a higher print quality option See Printing on page 68 Check the driver you are using to print with If it is anon HP driver consult the driver vendor about the problem You could also try using the correct HP driver if feasible The latest HP drivers can be downloaded from http www hp com go T2500 drivers If you are using anon HP RIP its settings may be incorrect See the documentation that came with the RIP Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW e Check that your printer s firmware is up to date See Update the firmware on page 153 e Check that you have the right settings in your software application ENWW If you still have a problem 199 22 Troubleshooting scanner issues Cannot access the network folder If you have set up a network folder see Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder on p
269. sseccrssssssssseersssssseeeee 6 EALES ILSE AMO A E PE E P O OA T A O E E O A T E T 8 POTET S OCW ANC e E E A E E ER 11 WED SN NC OS onr E S an een gn ceeeenaeeeteeesneveunaeeeceevtaeaanaaes 11 T rnthe printer onand Off se sraanszassuenncesmsesanceeanascocustoriansualadssaseosssuetankosinchosassingavansstembinddebonsloaeminatoabasncsisudeasoustmashates 12 Theprinter s internal prints ccs spsctcasevsiccsuecousassineweceicucesaavsiicesedsenes eavencebieiseseswessaniesdoutaciadebinddseapessualvadeubacbuudomeusiceinee 13 Z Metang DING SO WATE enra A 15 Connect the printer to your network 0000000000000s0s0000000000ressssssssseoeorerssssssssscseeosssssssssssssscorsrssssssssseeeerssssssssesse 16 Connect a computer to the printer by network Windows ue cece ceeecsecesseecesecssssccesssssesscssscssseesecessteeesees 17 Uninstall the printer software Windows cccceseccesssccesssscecssssccccecsscecesssscccsssssccessssscceesssececessssseeessssseeesens 18 Connect a computer to the printer by network Mac OS X 0000nnnee000oneeeoeesesneoeeeeseseseeeesessssssreeesssesssreessssesseee 18 Uninstall the printer software Mac OS X ou ccsesscccsccssssscccscssssccssssssssccsssssssececsssssssccessssssseeccessessssseecsessseees 20 S SOUND CG PENENT siwssisacvdidetestsicssre veers Aiea ienie A ees 21 IFAC LONI onae O E E R E E E E 22 Set up your Web connected printer eneeoonooonnsesesessessseseeeeeeseeeeesseeseeerrecerrsersssssssssssss
270. ssistance on your smartphone by using the HP Support Center Mobile App http www8 hp com us en products smart phones handhelds calculators mobile apps app_details html app tcm 245 1163163 amp platform tcm 245 1163164 Your HP Support telephone number is available on the Web please visit http welcome hp com country us en wwcontact_us html 242 Chapter 28 HP Customer Care ENWW 29 Printer specifications 6 Functional specifications Memory specifications Power specifications Environmental specifications e Acoustic specifications ENWW 243 Functional specifications Table 29 1 HP 727 ink supplies Printhead Ink cartridges One printhead with doubled nozzles for matte black Cartridges containing 40 ml of ink gray photo black matte black yellow magenta and cyan Cartridges containing 130 ml of ink gray photo black matte black yellow magenta and cyan Table 29 2 Paper sizes Minimum Maximum Roll width 279 mm 11 in 914 mm 36 in Roll length 91 m 300 ft Roll diameter Roll weight Sheet width Sheet length Sheet width scanner Sheet length scanner Roll paper thickness Sheet paper thickness Paper weight 210 mm 8 26 in 279 mm 11 in 60 g m 140 mm 5 51 in 11 9 kg 26 3 lb 914 mm 36 in 1676 mm 66 in 914 mm 36 in 15 m 49 21 ft at 200dpi TIFF file format and 24 in width 0 5 mm 19 7 mil 0 8 mm 19 7 mil 328 g m up to 0
271. ssssssscorsessssssecorossssssssecsssssssssecesssssssecessssssse 231 The printer dos Not DMN ossiani ossaa a aa a a a aa EES 231 MVE DIME OL SEES SOW crn aa E A S 232 The printer behaves strangely scsccccececccccccceccccsssssesssseeeseeeeceeceeeeccscsssessseseseeceeeessceeeeeescesscsesssseeeeeeeeeees 232 Communication failures between computer and printer eneee00000000000000eeeseeeeee0orossssssssssssssssseeeceeressssssessee 232 Cannot ACG So the HP UIUC csinosan a S a s oiia 233 Cannot access the Embedded Web Servet sssscccsssssssnsccecesssssecccccesssssesceeesessssneeeeeesesssceeeeeceesssseneeeeeeeees 233 Cannot connect to the Internet etsat cies acecw ces aneteienccueasmaavaceaneeedertoacenadaceeutenstedencwecusymensonese co mnetennnetpcuenensenitecraeetes 233 Web SERVICES ISSUES baciran isi Enn Ee r AEA AAE EE EAEE AEE AEREE EE AEE 234 Automatic file system check 5 0s5nssaceacoasanacnaniennnsnnsuasadavnnscadasdniiipeiissoosacesasessdervedndeouseasseenbsabessdnseeceakpoesasnnensiaswess 234 PIERS oer A E E E A E sunteceteeteaieeates 234 27 Font panelerror messagi S aisar a eaa a 236 TAESyStEmM Error OG nce swatarepsacsgcetanenmonmspscieinedocnsepaevncastenseanaudenan denennuvaansednnesinssanseeseiraneneadeonss EE 238 20 HP CUSTOMIGE UNG sirni 239 O dUC UON oee E E E E A mcr 240 HP Professional Services csssccccsssseccccssssccccessscccesssncecsccssccescesscceesecssnceesessaccescessncecsecssnseeeess
272. ssssssssssseeeceeerressesssssssssssss 22 Web Services MANUAL configuratiOM v lt sssscvswsvsseraievsueisnevsusiausloveasesaetivinssenblebaca ansan aana aae aE a TESKE nabariena 22 Configure a scan to network or scan to FTP folder uu eee ccssssssssssssssssssccccecsecceeceseccccccesseeeessseessessessseseeees 24 Paper suitability OPTIONS ccsescesonscesscdsownesassunscepiceeonnaranaswadsnvacwaanesseaseossoactnaes ra aaeei aikoisi 29 UAT FATES GUNG Oran IOI eaer onner eE E E EEE EE EE O EEA E 30 Turn usage information on and off u c ee cceceeeeccecesssssseescccsccccsssssscssscssscsccsseccececsecssccacsccecesceaeeceeeseeeessesssees 31 Turn e mail notifications on and off cessseccceesssscccssssseccsesseeccsssseesccessseecesssseesescssaeseeeesessesecesesseeeceessaess 31 Tarman On an O e e E R E A E AEE E 31 Control access to the printer 000000000000000000000000000ossssssseeeorssssssssececorssssssssssoressssssssssecersssssesssecscrssssssseeeerssssssssse 32 Reguire acount ID eosin a Raia 33 Set Windows driver preferentes sive csseecessennassirsvustacecdusaneaiacavsouwasansandecnusanumesevasuntsobueowesbsubiaaticsauitienanosdesouinesessoulonuniies 34 ENWW PISS OROT Te COUT OIE AE UN picts varasescicanenvesedei nar tinvareeeeisseaseasinineae se eee ears 35 M ONG EVM oieee E E E E OE anus E E E EAEE 36 Verify correct operation wccscecevscsndnsoessntexedonevecerbeconseossessedncndacoaaseonbseandenvensnssinancennulsonsisaosesnonsestuc
273. ssues in sheet fed scanners Usually the vertical streaks are caused by dust particles inside the scanner or miscalibration of the scanner in these cases the problem can be solved Here are some examples of images suffering from vertical lines or streaks Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples FE Actions 1 Clean the scanner s glass plate and the original to be scanned as described in Clean the scanner s glass plate on page 157 Re scan your original afterwards 2 Ifthe streaks remain recalibrate the scanner as indicated in Calibrate the scanner on page 165 Make sure you clean the maintenance sheet before calibrating the scanner and check that the maintenance sheet is not damaged if so call HP support and ask for a new maintenance sheet Re scan your original after the calibration is completed 3 Ifthe streaks still remain check the scanner s glass plate visually If it is damaged scratched or broken call HP support 4 Ifthe streaks remain there may be dust particles inside the glass plate Carefully take out the glass plate and clean it as described in Replace the scanner s glass plate on page 160 Ef NOTE The problem of vertical streaks cannot always be solved due to the technological limitations of CIS technology HP offers HD Scanners with CCD technology for higher quality requirements If the streaks remain after the corrective actions explained above the
274. starts with fe80 2 The printer assigns itself stateless IPv6 addresses as indicated to it by any IPv6 routers on the network 3 Ifno stateless IPv6 addresses can be assigned the printer will try to obtain IPv6 addresses using DHCPv6 It will also do so if the routers instruct it to do so The stateless and DHCPv6 IPv6 addresses can be used to access the printer and in most IPv6 networks this will be appropriate The link local IPv6 address works only in the local subnet Although it is possible to access the printer using this address it is not recommended It is possible to assign a manual IPv6 address to the printer using the front panel or the Embedded Web Server It is also possible to disable IPv6 completely in the printer However it is not possible to disable IPv4 in the printer and therefore it is not possible to configure the printer as IPv6 only Ef NOTE In typical IPv6 use your printer will have multiple IPv6 addresses although it has only one IPv4 address O TIP You are recommended to give a name to the printer You can do this from the front panel or more easily from the Embedded Web Server TIP You will generally find it easier to use IPv4 unless you have a specific need to use IPv6 16 Chapter2 Installing the software ENWW Microsoft Windows Vista Microsoft Windows Server 2008 later versions of Windows and the new HP Printing and Imaging devices have IPv6 enabled by default For further informatio
275. stics Ef NOTE The accuracy of the usage statistics is not guaranteed From the Embedded Web Server 1 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 2 Goto the Main tab 3 Select History gt Usage From the HP Utility 1 Access the HP Utility see Access the HP Utility on page 45 2 Inthe HP Designjet Utility for Windows go to the Admin tab and open the Embedded Web Server Then go to the Usage tab in the Embedded Web Server In the HP Utility for Mac OS X select Information gt Printer Usage and press the Lookup button From the front panel Press CA 2 Press o 3 Press Internal prints 4 Press User information prints 5 Press Print usage report Check usage statistics for a job There are two ways to check usage Statistics for a particular job Ef NOTE The accuracy of the usage Statistics is not guaranteed ENWW Get printer accounting information 137 Accounting statistics with the HP Utility 1 2 Access the HP Utility see Access the HP Utility on page 45 Under Windows select the Job center and then Accounting which launches the Embedded Web Server Under Mac OS X select Job Accounting and click the Look Up button Accounting statistics with the Embedded Web Server 1 2 3 Access the Embedded Web Server see Access the Embedded Web Server on page 45 Go to the Main tab Select History gt Accounting Request accounting data by ema
276. stop Manual firmware updates Manual firmware updates can be performed in the following ways ENWW Update the firmware 153 e Using the Embedded Web Server select the Setup tab and then Maintenance gt Firmware update Press Check now to check whether new firmware is available If new firmware is available some information about the new firmware is displayed and you are given the opportunity to download and install it e Using the HP Designjet Utility under Windows select the Admin tab and then Firmware Update e Using the HP Utility under Mac OS X select Firmware Update in the Information and Support group e Using HP Web Jetadmin with which you can make manual firmware updates or request automatic updates e Using a USB flash drive Download the firmware file from http www hp com go T2500 firmware according to your printer model into the USB flash drive and insert it into the Hi Speed USB host port in the front panel A firmware update assistant will appear on the front panel to guide you through the update process Update the software To update printer drivers and other software for your printer go to http www hp com go T2500 drivers e Under Windows HP Software Update regularly offers to update your software automatically and the HP Designjet Utility may offer you automatic updates when restarted e Under Mac OS X Apple SW Update offers you software updates when available Printer maintenance kits Two maint
277. structions but failed to get through to the Embedded Web Server see Cannot access the Embedded Web Server on page 233 Change the language of the HP Utility The HP Utility can work in the following languages English Portuguese Spanish Catalan Windows only French Italian German Polish Russian Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Korean and Japanese e Under Windows select Tools gt Set Language and select a language from the list e Under Mac OS X the language is changed as for any other application In System Preferences select International and re launch the application Change the language of the Embedded Web Server The Embedded Web Server can work in the following languages English Portuguese Spanish Catalan French Italian German Polish Russian Simplified Chinese Traditional Chinese Korean and Japanese It uses whichever language you have specified in your Web browser s options If you have specified a language that it cannot support it works in English To change the language you must change your Web browser s language setting For example in Internet Explorer go to the Tools menu and select Internet Options gt Languages Then ensure that the language you want is at the top of the list in the dialog box Change the sleep mode setting If the printer is left switched on but unused for a certain period of time it goes automatically into sleep mode to save power To change the time the printer waits b
278. sts clean and calibrate the scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 Then proceed to analyze pattern number 2 of the diagnostic plot at the intersections between CIS modules The example below shows a good result on the left and a bad result on the right the latter has light vertical banding 0 5 cm wide at the intersection between two CIS modules If you see the kind of result shown on the right call HP support and report vertical light bands in area fills at the intersection between CIS modules after calibrating the scanner 206 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW Variable line thickness or missing lines Actions When scanning some CAD plots at Standard resolution mostly when working with grayscale or black and white prints that contain very thin lines you may see a variation in line thickness or even some missing lines in some places i M mer fal 3 8 SS a i a 1 Repeat the scan or copy using a higher resolution High or Max if scanning Normal or Best if copying You should also set background cleaning to 0 or set the content type to Mixed You might also deactivate the automatic de skew as explained in A copied or scanned image is very skewed on page 219 In case you were working in black and white mode we recommend using grayscale instead 2 Ifthe problem persists turn the original plot 90 degrees before scanning it again 3 Ifthe proble
279. t Shared Advanced Sharing Set custom permissions create multiple shares and set other advanced sharing options I Advanced Sharing 5 Check the Share this folder box Advanced Sharing V Share this folder Settings Share My Scans Add Remove Limit the number of simultaneous users to 10 ES Comments Permissions Caching ox canei __ Appi 26 Chapter 3 Setting up the printer ENWW 6 Youneed to ensure that the scanner user has full read write control over the shared folder To do this click Permissions and grant Full Control to the user or to any suitable group that includes that user Permissions for My Scans Share Permissions Group orusernames Remove Permissions for Everyone Deny Full Control Change Read Learn about access control and permissions a teed Gas 7 If there is a Security tab in the Properties window for your folder then you must also grant the same user Full Control over the folder in the Security tab Only some file systems such as NTFS require this J My Scans Properties General Sharing Security Previous Versions Customize Object name C My Scans Group or user names amp Authenticated Users g SYSTEM To change permissions click Edit Permissions for Authenticated Users
280. t available Printed on 841 00 x 594 00 mm Y Speed Custom options Rendering resolution ppi Printing resolution dpi Use printer settings Heavyweight Coated paper Photo Gloss Paper More 4 Select Margins Layout then select Clip contents by margins to keep the size Clip contents by margins Borderless Image Enlargement Automatically by printer Manually in application Usage This is the way desktop printers work You will get a paper of size equal to that of the paper you have selected in the driver Using Project 1 Select File gt Page Setup gt Print Setup Gantt Chart E mPa Marcins Header Footer Legend Orientation Portrait Landscape Scaling Adjust to 100 normal size Otto 1 EAjpageswideby 1 Ejtan Other Paper Size A4 First page number x cme ENWW Print and scale from Microsoft Office 131 2 Select your printer s name then Close HP Designjet T1500 PS HPGL2 z Idle HP Designjet T1500 PS All Page s From To Timescale All Dates From Tue 13 11 12 To Tue 13 11 12 Print left column of pages only 3 Pose Setup Gantt Chart sore ses Page Margins Header Footer Legend Portrait Landscape 4 Select Options to go to
281. t be saved See also The printer behaves strangely on page 232 Chapter 4 Network configuration ENWW Control network protocols The printer can simultaneously support multiple network communication protocols This allows network computers that may be using different protocols to communicate with the same printer Each protocol may require some configuration before the printer can communicate on the network For some protocols required parameters are automatically sensed and user specified settings are not needed However for other protocols there may be many parameters to configure Enable or disable network protocols If a network protocol is enabled the printer may actively transmit on the network even when there are no computers on the network that use the protocol This may increase network traffic To eliminate unnecessary traffic you can disable unused protocols Disabling unused protocols lets you e Reduce network traffic by eliminating broadcast messages from unused protocols e Provide better control over who prints to the printer by eliminating users from other networks who might route print jobs to this printer e Display protocol specific error conditions for enabled protocols only To disable unused protocols through the device s control panel menu see Front panel menu items on page 39 For other tools such as system command access to the embedded Telnet server see the HP Jetdirect Print Server Administrator s Guid
282. t support large formats e fyour file is too large for the printer s memory in this case you can reduce the paper size in your software and then scale it up again using the front panel option You can rescale an image in the following ways e inthe Windows driver dialog go to the Layout Output tab and look at the Resizing Options section o The Print document on option adjusts the image size to the paper size you have selected For example if you have selected ISO A2 as the paper size and you print an A3 sized image it is enlarged to fit the A2 paper If the ISO A4 paper size is selected the printer reduces a larger image to fit the A4 size o The of actual size option enlarges the printable area of the original paper size the page minus the margins by the percentage indicated then adds the margins to create the output paper size e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog non PostScript printers select the Paper Handling panel then Scale to fit paper size and select the paper size to which you want to scale the image If you want to increase the size of the image make sure that the Scale down only box is unchecked e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog PostScript printers select the Finishing panel then Print document on and select the paper size to which you want to scale the image For example if you have selected ISO A2 as the paper size and you print an A3 sized image it is enlarged to fit the A2 paper If the ISO A4 paper size is selecte
283. t1 top consists of rectangles of pure colors one for each ink This part represents the print quality that you will get from each color e Part2 bottom consists of small dashes one for each printhead nozzle This part complements the first and aims more specifically to detect how many faulty nozzles each printhead has Please look carefully at the print The names of the colors are shown above the rectangles and to the left of the patterns of dashes MK Y C PK G i Bik r im m i Fii ur ms ai MK m I Lit i ee TTET FORECEETEREOUES 1 i i First look at the upper part of the print part 1 Each colored rectangle should be a uniform color without any horizontal lines across it Then look at the bottom part of the print part 2 For each individual colored pattern check that most of the dashes are present If you see horizontal lines in part 1 and also missing dashes in part 2 for the same color you should clean the printhead selecting the relevant color group However if the rectangles look solid do not worry about just a few missing dashes in part 2 these are acceptable because the printer can compensate for a few clogged nozzles Here is an example of a gray printhead in a good state The Image Diagnostics Print 197 And here is an example of the same printhead in a bad state G Corrective action 1 Clean the printhead if nece
284. te Job preview The printer generates a JPEG file for each incoming job which can be displayed as a preview of the job Job preview is available once the job is processed 106 Chapter 12 Job queue management ENWW Ex NOTE Do not try to preview a job with more than 64 pages which may cause software problems To reach the preview page click the magnifying glass icon which appears in the Preview column on the job queue page The preview page shows the following job details along with a thumbnail preview of the job e Filename The file name of the job e Loaded paper The type of paper loaded in the printer e Job dimensions The dimensions of the job To see a larger preview of the job click either the job thumbnail or the magnifying glass icon which appears on the right hand side of the printer image Ef NOTE Browsers without the Adobe Flash plug in show the job image as yellow shaded Browsers that have the Adobe Flash plug in version 7 and above show an enhanced preview of the job image inside the paper loaded in the printer Select when to print a job in the queue Ex NOTE The When To Start Printing options cannot be used with PostScript jobs You can select at what point you want to print a file you have in the queue Select the Setup tab then Printer settings gt Start printing There are three options you can select e When After Processing is selected the printer waits until the whole page has been processed an
285. ted and already printed The Embedded Web Server displays the following information for each print job e Preview Click the icon to see the job preview The job preview is available once the job is processed e Filename Click the file name to see the properties of the job e Status Gives the current job status e Pages Number of pages in the job e Copies Number of copies printed e Date Date and time the printer received the job e User The user s name Jobs in the queue can be sorted by any of the information items except Preview by clicking on the title of the corresponding column You can perform the following operations on one or all jobs in the queue e Cancel Cancels the selected jobs You are asked to confirm before the job is canceled The job remains stored in the printer but will not be printed unless you click Reprint e Hold Holds the select jobs until you click Continue to print e Continue All selected jobs which are on hold continue printing e Reprint Prints more copies of a job Type the number of copies default 1 maximum 99 and click Print e Move to front Sends all selected jobs to the top of the job queue e Delete Deletes selected jobs from the job queue You are asked to confirm before the job is deleted Ex NOTE The Delete operation can be disabled by an administrator e Refresh Refreshes the page ensuring the information is updated Ex NOTE The job queue page does not automatically upda
286. ted mechanism for providing network security by authenticating and encrypting IP packets sent between nodes on a network Each network node computer or device has an IPSec configuration Applications are usually unaware whether IPSec is being used or not IPv4 address A unique identifier that identifies a particular node on an IPv4 network An IPv4 address consists of four integers separated by full stops Most networks in the world use IPv4 addresses IPv6 address A unique identifier that identifies a particular node on an IPv6 network An IPv6 address consists of up to 8 groups of hexadecimal digits separated by colons Each groups contains up to 4 hexadecimal digits Only a few new networks in the world use IPv6 addresses LED Light Emitting Diode a semiconductor device that emits light when electrically stimulated MAC address Media Access Control address a unique identifier used to identify a particular device on a network It is a lower level identifier than the IP address Thus a device may have both a MAC address and an IP address Network A network is a set of connections that pass data between computers and devices Every device is able to communicate with every other device in the same network This allows data to be moved between computers and devices and allows devices such as printers to be shared between many computers Nozzle One of many tiny holes in a printhead through which ink is deposited onto the paper 248 Glos
287. ten You can request printing with no margins in the following ways e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Paper Quality tab and press the Margins Layout button Then select Borderless e Inthe Mac OS X Page Setup dialog select a paper size name that includes the words no margins Then in the Print dialog select Margins Layout gt Borderless Ef NOTE If your application offers no Page Setup dialog please use the Print dialog In the Mac OS X PostScript Page Setup dialog select a paper size name that includes the words no margins Then in the Print dialog select Margins Layout gt Borderless Ef NOTE If your application offers no Page Setup dialog please use the Print dialog e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Advanced settings gt Paper gt Layout Margins gt Borderless When you select Borderless you must also select one of the following Image Enlargement options e Automatically by printer means that the printer automatically enlarges your image slightly normally by a few millimeters in each direction in order to print over the edges of the paper e Manually in application means that you must enlarge the image yourself in your application and select a custom paper size that is slightly larger than the actual paper size Ee NOTE If the first print job after loading paper is a borderless job the printer may trim the leading edge of the paper before printing At the end of a
288. tenance gt Calibration status to see the paper advance calibration status If the status is DEFAULT you should perform paper advance calibration see Recalibrate the paper advance on page 184 If the problem persists despite all the above actions contact your customer service representative for further support 190 Chapter 21 Troubleshooting print quality issues ENWW The paper is not flat If the paper does not lie flat when it comes out of the printer but has shallow waves in it you are likely to see defects in the printed image such as vertical stripes This can happen when you use thin paper that becomes saturated with ink Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software See View information about the paper on page 62 Try changing to a thicker paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded this will persuade the printer to use less ink Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness Plain Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper If you see horizontal stripes try printing the same job rotated this sometimes reduces the visibility of the stripes The print is scuffed or scratched The black ink pigment can be scuffed or scratched when touched by a finger a pen or some
289. ter s email address ssccccccssssssssccccessssssnnececcessssnseeccessessssneeeecessesssaneeseeeeesssaneeeeeeesessnees 49 Paneer 50 OG TVG HAN ING E eoa S E E E E E S 51 Load a roll onto the spindle 00 000000000e0000n000eeeessee0000rssssssssseoeorssssssssssecorsessssssssssseorssssssssssseorsresssssssseseessssssssseese 51 Load a roll into the printer 00000000000000000000000000000000ssseseseeeeeorssssssssssscecorsesssssssseceeorssssssssssseoeocseessssssssssecessssssssssse 54 Wa Lor ok M a OU EEA n EE E E E E E E E E E 57 Load a single SNCS asaaiyaainescchesdveasevcwnisansieresuctsucietaecsaeuvisieaniesaenasiiee osc aa EAEE EEEE EE EE aerO EAS esaerari eri Ekai 58 TAE GUAGE oe E A E E A 59 Te AS KET oea E E E E E S 62 View information about the Paper 000000000000000000000000s0sssssesssssssssssssssreseccrrecrressssssssesssssssssssseeeeceeoereeereresssssssseee 62 Paper presets sicrie E a E a 62 PUD UAIVG APIO Ne MIMI anann e E eanecusnsennss 63 Move NEDAD eaa E E A E E 63 Maintain papel coco sna scretoais oeimarcatsaot anata oo a aa a ar a na a Eaa iiaa aara aoaaa aaea 63 Change the drying UME vicicecncsntesnosunneeresnduacesesusistesceucimensboncagadubomemsnsdsuienuentsiceeles E EOE N ERO RAEES 64 Change the retrieval time eeeeeneeoonnnsensosnssssessssesssesssssesssseeoeeseeecreoeerssssssessessssssssssssessesesseseeeseseeeoseeeeeeeerreseres 64 Turn the automatic cutter on and off 00nee0000noeeeo
290. th a fixed character pattern This method is slower than Non Secure but more secure It may still be possible to access fragments of the erased information by using special tools to detect residual magnetic traces e Secure Sanitizing Erase 5 passes all pointers to the information are erased and the information itself is repetitively overwritten using an algorithm designed to eliminate any residual traces This is the slowest method but the most secure Secure Sanitizing Erase meets the US Department of Defense 5220 22 m requirements for clearing and sanitization of disk media This is the default security level when using Secure File Erase While files are being erased the printer s performance may be affected Secure File Erase is one of the facilities provided by Web JetAdmin which is HP s free Web based print management software see http www hp com go webjetadmin If you have difficulty in using Secure File Erase from Web JetAdmin please contact HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 The Secure File Erase configuration can be changed from Web JetAdmin or the Embedded Web Server Setup gt Security Disk Wipe Disk Wipe is the same as Secure File Erase see Secure File Erase on page 154 except that it erases all temporary files including old ones The Disk Wipe configuration can be changed from Web JetAdmin or the Embedded Web Server Setup gt Security Ef NOTE If you choose to erase the whole hard disk yo
291. the Mac OS X Print dialog go to the Paper Quality panel and look at the Quality Options section If you select Standard quality options you will see a simple slider with which you can select speed or quality If you select Custom quality options you will see the more specific options described above e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Basic settings gt Print quality If you then select Standard options you can choose between Speed and Quality If you select Custom options you will see the more specific options described above Using the front panel press rel then o then Setup gt Printing preferences gt Print quality E NOTE If the print quality is set from your computer it overrides the print quality setting in the front panel Ee NOTE You cannot change the print quality of pages that the printer is already receiving or has already received even if they have not started to print yet Select paper size The paper size can be specified in the following ways Ef NOTE The paper size specified here should be the paper size in which the document was created It is possible to rescale the document to a different size for printing See Rescale a print on page 75 e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Paper Quality tab then select your paper size from the Document Size list e Inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select your printer then select your paper size from the Paper Size list Ex NOTE If your appli
292. the Print dialog 2 Select Paper Size gt Manage Custom Sizes Use the Embedded Web Server 1 Goto the Submit Job page 2 Select Advanced settings gt Paper gt Page size gt Custom Select margins options By default the printer leaves a5 mm margin between the edges of your image and the edges of the paper increased to 17 mm at the foot of cut sheet paper However you can change this behavior in several ways e inthe Windows driver dialog select the Paper Quality tab and then the Margins Layout button e inthe Mac OS X Print dialog select the Margins Layout panel e On the Embedded Web Server s Submit Job page select Advanced settings gt Paper gt Layout Margins You will then see at least some of the following options Ef NOTE Under Mac OS X the available margins options depend on the paper size selected For instance for borderless printing you must select a paper size name that includes the words no margins e Standard Your image will be printed on a page of the size you have selected with a narrow margin between the edges of the image and the edges of the paper The image should be small enough to fit between the margins e Oversize Your image will be printed on a page slightly larger than the size you have selected If you cut off the margins you will be left with a page of the size you selected with no margins remaining between your image and the edges of the paper e Clip Contents By Margins Y
293. the paper on page 63 To prevent such smears most effectively the distance from the image to the leading edge of the paper should be at least 20 mm 0 8 in Select a faster print mode change from Best to Normal or from Normal to Fast mode Other smears on the paper The following suggestions may be used for all kinds of smears including those on the front of the paper 1 Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software See View information about the paper on page 62 Use a recommended paper type see Order paper on page 167 and the correct print settings If using sheet paper try rotating the sheet 90 degrees The orientation of the paper fibers may affect performance Try changing to a thicker paper type such as HP Heavyweight Coated Paper or HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper Select a paper type that is slightly thinner than the paper you have loaded this will persuade the printer to use less ink Here are some example paper types in ascending order of thickness Plain Paper Coated Paper Heavyweight Coated Paper Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper Black ink comes off when you touch the print This problem may be caused by printing with matte black ink on photo paper The printer will not use matte black ink if it Knows that the paper will not retain it To be sure of avoiding matte black ink you can select Photo Gloss Paper as the paper type i
294. the problem disappears 3 Ifthe problem still persists you can diagnose this issue by analyzing the patterns 6 and 8 A to E of the diagnostic plot The black horizontal lines appear slightly colored at the top and bottom of each end in the example on the right below Normally they look red at the top and blue or green at the bottom but it could be the other way around If you see this effect call HP support and report color fringing problem after calibration Clipping in dark or light areas Sometimes you may see that the scanned file or copy of one of your plots has lost detail in light or dark areas or both as in the example below original on the left scanned image on the right 208 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW Actions ENWW Image www convincingblack com reproduced with permission If you are making copies and the original is printed on photographic paper while you are copying it onto matte paper this problem is to be expected However you can try to improve the result by running a color calibration of the printer see Using your printer and by reducing contrast and background cleaning this also applies if you see this problem in scanned files If the problem persists repeat the scan or copy using a higher resolution High or Max if scanning Normal or Best if copying Set the content type to Image and make sure that the type of original selected in the front panel really
295. thead Precise printhead alignment is essential for accurate colors smooth color transitions and sharp edges in graphical elements Your printer has an automatic printhead alignment process which runs whenever the printhead has been accessed or replaced You may need to align the printhead after a paper jam or if you are experiencing print quality problems 1 Load the paper you wish to use see Paper handling on page 50 You can use a roll or a cut sheet plain white paper is recommended A CAUTION Do not use transparent or semi transparent paper to align the printhead 2 Ensure that the scanner is lowered as a strong light source near the printer during printhead realignment can affect alignment 3 From the front panel press then Image Quality Maintenance gt Align printhead Ex NOTE Printhead alignment can also be started from the Embedded Web Server Support gt Print Quality Troubleshooting or from the HP Utility Windows Support gt Print Quality Troubleshooting Mac OS X Information and Print Quality gt Align 4 Ifthe loaded paper is satisfactory the printer runs the realignment and prints a realignment pattern 5 The process takes about five minutes Wait until the front panel display shows the process complete before using the printer 228 Chapter 25 Troubleshooting ink cartridge and printhead issues ENWW If the printer cannot complete the printhead alignment successfully you may be asked to clean t
296. tic plot Use photo if in doubt e Quality Best e Content type Image e Paper type photo or matte according to the paper used to print the diagnostic plot Use photo if in doubt Load the diagnostic plot into the scanner input tray making sure that the printed side of the plot is facing up The black arrows on the diagnostic plot indicate the direction of loading Make sure that the diagnostic plot is loaded without skew and it is centered that is it covers the whole scanner area Once you have scanned the diagnostic plot in case you selected the scan option please remember to open the scanned file in any image viewer software and select a zoom of 100 for correct visual evaluation of patterns Monitor calibration The monitor on which the plot is going to be evaluated should ideally be calibrated As this is not always feasible we propose here to follow an easy procedure for adjusting the brightness and contrast of the monitor in order to see the patterns correctly Adjust the brightness and contrast of your monitor until you can see a difference in lightness between these two squares Now you are ready to check each pattern individually Save the diagnostic plot for future use ENWW We recommend saving the diagnostic plot with the maintenance sheet in the solid tube provided Monitor calibration 225 25 Troubleshooting ink cartridge and printhead issues e Cannot insert an ink cartridge e Ink cartridge st
297. top start operation To illustrate this effect here is an example of an original image 210 Chapter 23 Troubleshooting scan quality issues ENWW tii L Bes P y S a The two images below are examples of the stop start effect when the above image is scanned Please note the black arrow indicating the scanning direction in these examples Actions 1 Clean and calibrate your scanner as indicated in Scanner maintenance on page 156 Scan your original again and make sure that the printer is not working while you are scanning Reduce scanning resolution choose Standard if scanning Fast if copying if necessary 2 Ifthe problem persists proceed to analyze patterns 4 13 and 14 of the diagnostic plot If you find a problem similar to that shown below call HP support and report a stop start effect error Vibration If your printer is not properly placed on a flat surface or if the scanner lid does not close correctly you may sometimes find that the scanned image suffers from vibration as in the following example original on the left scanned image on the right ie k 1 Make sure that the scanner is placed on a flat surface the scanner lid is correctly closed and the printer is not working while you are scanning Scan your original again 2 Ifthe problem persists change increase or decrease the scanning resolution and re scan your original We also recommend turning the original 90 degrees before s
298. tp www hp com go eprintandshare Ee NOTE Printing with these apps is not the same as printing with AirPrint You can use your 3G connection to print You do not need to be connected with the printer by Wi Fi and you do not need a printer driver 1 Select the files to print from your Online Print History or from any other location connected to your HP Designjet ePrint amp Share account Chapter 11 Web connected printing ENWW oPrintk Shore History All Printed Scanned Shared E Building Render wi 1 44 pom o Mall 2nd Floor relayout anni HP Designjet T120 School Layout 3 141 pom HP Datesicpripert T120 Building Section 1 1 47 pm HP D sipiat T20 HP Dassignget T2300 Postscnpt ae T Basement Kitchen 2 Animage of your print is displayed atl Carrier 3G Back Basement 220x200 mm Save offline 3 To print the file press Print 4 Select the printer if it is already listed or if necessary press Add a printer and give your printer s email address to add it to the list wl Carrier 3G ePrint amp Share Printers HP Designjet T920 Y Ready HP Designjet T920 Ready ENWW Print from a smartphone or tablet 93 5 Choose the print settings then press Print Select Printer Printer settings Printer name HP Designjet T120 Media source Multi sheet tray gt Rotate 90 degrees Coples 1 Quality Normal Ex NOTE Printing may not start immediately Whenever you
299. tridge C1Q12A Table 19 2 Printhead Printhead Part number HP 727 Printhead B3P0O6A Order paper The following paper types are currently provided for use with your printer E NOTE This list is likely to change over the course of time For the latest information see http www hp com go T2500 accessories E NOTE Paper types that HP does not support may nevertheless be compatible with your printer Key to availability ENWW How to order supplies and accessories 167 e _ A indicates papers available in Asia excluding Japan e _ C indicates papers available in China e _ E indicates papers available in Europe the Middle East and Africa e J indicates papers available in Japan e ___ L indicates papers available in Latin America e __ N indicates papers available in North America If the part number is not followed by parentheses the paper is available in all regions Table 19 3 Roll paper Paper type HP Bond and Coated Paper HP Universal Bond Paper HP Bright White Inkjet Paper HP Universal Coated Paper HP Coated Paper HP Universal Heavyweight Coated Paper HP Heavyweight Coated Paper HP Super Heavyweight Plus Matte Paper HP Technical Paper 168 Chapter 19 Supplies and accessories g m 80 90 90 90 125 130 210 Length 45 7 m 150 ft 45 7 m 150 ft 91 4 m 300 ft 45 7 m 150 ft 45 7 m 150 ft 91 4 m 300 ft 30 5 m 100 ft 30 5 m
300. trimmed Remove the initial 2 cm 1 in from the roll and try again This may be necessary even with a new roll of paper e Ensure the roll ends are tight against the spindle ends e Check that the spindle is correctly inserted e Check that the paper is correctly loaded on the spindle and that it loads over the roll towards the Stacker e Check that all roll end plugs have been removed e Check that the paper is wound tightly on the roll e Donottouch the roll or paper during the alignment process e When loading a roll the roll cover must remain open until the front panel prompts you to close it e If the roll is not aligned the front panel displays an error and instructions to start again To start the load process again cancel the process on the front panel and rewind the roll from the end of the spindle until the edge is removed from the printer Ef NOTE If the roll has become loose around the core the printer cannot load the paper Unsuccessful sheet load Keep pushing the sheet until you feel resistance Do not release the sheet until the printer starts to pull the paper and you hear a beep Guide the sheet especially thick papers when the printer initially feeds the sheet Ensure that the sheet is aligned with the reference line on the roll cover Do not attempt to straighten the sheet during the loading process unless instructed to by the front panel display Do not use hand cut sheets which may be of irregular
301. ts second Fast Ethernet interfaces are capable of negotiating slower speeds when required for compatibility with older Ethernet devices ENWW Glossary 247 Firmware Software that controls your printer s functionality and is stored semi permanently in the printer it can be updated Gamut The range of colors and density values reproducible on an output device such as a printer or monitor Gigabit Ethernet An Ethernet network capable of transferring data at up to 1 000 000 000 bits second Gigabit Ethernet interfaces are capable of negotiating slower speeds when required for compatibility with older Ethernet devices Hi Speed USB A version of USB sometimes called USB 2 0 that can run 40 times faster than original USB but is otherwise compatible with original USB Most personal computers today use Hi Speed USB HP RTL Hewlett Packard Raster Transfer Language a language defined by HP to describe raster bitmap graphics HP GL 2 Hewlett Packard Graphics Language 2 a language defined by HP to describe vector graphics 1 0 Input Output this term describes the passing of data between one device and another ICC The International Color Consortium a group of companies that have agreed on a common standard for color profiles Ink cartridge A removable printer component that stores ink of a particular color and provides it to the printhead IP address May mean an IPv4 address most likely or an IPv6 address IPSec A sophistica
302. type selected in the front panel and in your software See View information about the paper on page 62 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings for your purposes see Printing on page 68 In some cases you Can overcome a print quality problem merely by selecting a higher print quality level For instance if you have set the Print Quality slider to Speed try setting it to Quality If you change the print quality settings you may wish to reprint your job at this point in case the problem has been solved Print the Image Diagnostics Print See The Image Diagnostics Print on page 196 If the printhead is working correctly go to the front panel and press rel then ol then Image quality maintenance gt Calibration status to see the paper advance calibration status If the status is DEFAULT try performing paper advance calibration see Recalibrate the paper advance on page 184 If the problem persists despite all the above actions contact your customer service representative for further support Lines are too thick too thin or missing ENWW Check that the paper type you have loaded corresponds to the paper type selected in the front panel and in your software See View information about the paper on page 62 Check that you are using appropriate print quality settings for your purposes see Printing on page 68 If printing on photo paper select the custom print quality options in the driver dialog
303. u may be asked to restart the printer several times during the process which will take about 6 hours with Secure Fast Erase or 24 hours with Secure Sanitizing Erase ENWW Disk Wipe 155 18 Scanner maintenance J Clean the scanner s glass plate n Replace the scanner s glass plate e Calibrate the scanner 156 Chapter 18 Scanner maintenance ENWW Clean the scanner s glass plate You are recommended to clean the scanner s glass plate periodically depending on how often you use the scanner 1 Turn off the printer using the Power Key at the front then also turn off the power switch at the rear and disconnect the power cable 2 There is a small lever at the rear left of the scanner Slide the lever up and open the scanner cover Z WARNING Do not lift the scanner while the scanner cover is open Your fingers or hand may be trapped or crushed ENWW Clean the scanner s glass plate 157 3 Gently wipe the glass plate and the surrounding area with a lint free cloth dampened with water and then wrung dry A suitable cloth is provided with the printer A CAUTION Donot use abrasives acetone benzene or fluids that contain these chemicals Do not spray liquids directly onto the scanner glass plate or anywhere else in the scanner 4 Optionally for more thorough cleaning e Remove the glass plate and clean it on both sides See Replace the scanner s glass plate on page 160 158 Chapter 18 Scanner maintenance ENW
304. uction The printer provides a single RJ 45 connector port for a network connection In order to meet Class B limits the use of shielded 1 0 cables is required The embedded Jetdirect print server supports connection to IEEE 802 3 10Base T Ethernet IEEE 802 3u 100Base TX Fast Ethernet and 802 3ab 1000Base T Gigabit Ethernet compliant networks When connected and powered on the printer auto negotiates with your network to operate with a link speed of 10 100 or 1000 Mbps and to communicate using full or half duplex mode However you can manually configure the link using the printer s front panel or through other configuration tools once network communication is established The printer can support multiple network protocols simultaneously including TCP IPv4 and TCP IPv6 For security it includes features to control IP traffic to and from the printer and supports configuration of IP Security IPsec protocols Verify correct operation 1 Print an I0 Configuration page to check for status messages 2 Inthe upper section of the IO Configuration page look for the status message 1 0 Card Ready 3 If 1 0 Card Ready appears the print server is operating properly Proceed to the next section If a message other than I 0 Card Ready appears try the following a Turn the printer off and then on again to re initialize the print server b Check that the status indicator lights LEDs are providing proper status E NOTE See Troubleshooting on
305. ult Proxy gt Proxy authentication Enable or disable authentication Proxy gt Restore factory settings Return to the initial default settings If you have trouble with your Internet connection see Cannot connect to the Internet on page 233 Configure firmware updates You can choose from the Embedded Web Server or from the front panel whether and how to download firmware updates Ef NOTE If an administrator password has been set it will be required to change these settings In the Embedded Web Server select Setup gt Firmware update Using the front panel press CA then o l then Updates gt Firmware update The following settings are available Check If you select Automatically the default setting the printer will check automatically every week or after the printer has been restarted seven times whichever happens first whether new firmware is available If you select Manually the printer will not check automatically you can check manually whenever you like Download If you select Automatically the default setting the printer will automatically download new firmware whenever it becomes available If you select Manually you will be asked to approve each download Ee NOTE Downloading the firmware does not mean that you have installed it in your printer To install the new firmware you must confirm the installation manually Firmware update information Information about the firmware currently installed
306. utorotate m Ee oega To a e Printed on 8 50 x 11 00 inches E Show preview before printing Orientation Roll Options Portrait fal Disable automatic cutter _ Remove blank areas Output Options Crop lines Copies Remove margins between pages Rotate by 90 degrees V Autorotate Collate Page Order First page on top Roll width From printer Delivery Stacker Accounting Hold for manual printing with stacker open Print from Adobe Acrobat 123 6 Click OK and check that the print preview in the Print dialog box seems correct Printer Status Ready Type HP Designjet T1500 PS HPGL2 Print Range all Current view Current page Pages 1 210 All pages in range DESIGNJET T920 end T1500 cPrinter Series User s Gside Copies 1 EK cola 63 Page Sang V Auto Rotate and Center E Choose paper source by PDF page size Use custom paper size when needed Document 8 3 x 11 7in E Print to file Paper 8 3 x 11 7in 1 222 1 print color as black Con cance Print from Autodesk AutoCAD 1 The AutoCAD window can show a model or layout Normally a layout is printed rather than the model Enter new value for TILEMODE lt 1 gt O Regenerating layout Command QOVDRAWING 2 Click the Plot icon at the top of the window Dealende fl a
307. ware is installed including the printer drivers and other HP software such as the HP Utility An active Internet connection is recommended in order to perform a full installation with the latest software If you have enabled Web Services on your printer you can print to your printer by email You can find the email address in the printer s front panel press rel then Ey Then send the file you want to print to that email address as an attachment 7 When the software has been installed the HP Printer Setup Assistant starts automatically to set up a connection to your printer Follow the instructions on your screen 8 When you reach the Select Printer screen look for your printer s URL which you noted in step 1 in the ENWW Printer Name column Connect a computer to the printer by network Mac OS X 19 e If you find the right name scroll sideways if necessary to see the Connection Type column and check that it shows IP Printing Then highlight that line Otherwise continue searching further down the list e _ If you cannot find your printer s name with an IP Printing connection type check the box My printer is not in the list Click Continue 9 Continue following the instructions on the screen When you reach the Printer Queue Created screen click Quit to exit or Create New Queue if you want to connect another printer to the network 10 When the HP Printer Setup Assistant has finished you can remove the DVD from the DVD
308. wer button at the front e Turn off the power switch at the rear Disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Check that the network cable is correctly connected e Ensure that the printer s firmware is up to date See Update the firmware on page 153 A potential problem has been detected in the network interface e Turn off the printer using the Power button at the front e Turn off the power switch at the rear Disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Send the same job to the printer again e Ensure that the printer s firmware is up to date See Update the firmware on page 153 237 Table 27 2 Numerical error codes continued Error code Recommendation 71 03 71 08 Out of memory To avoid this in the HP GL 2 driver select the Advanced tab and then Send job asa bitmap 74 01 An error occurred when loading the firmware update file e Turn off the printer using the Power button at the front e Turn off the power switch at the rear Disconnect the power cord Reconnect the power cord and turn on the printer e Reload the firmware update file into the printer See Update the firmware on page 153 74 1 04 Try the firmware update again Do not try to use your computer while the update is in progress 74 8 04 The firmware update has failed Your firmware file may be incorrect try to download it again See Update the firmware
309. when you are choosing the scan destination It may be different from the network or FTP folder name e Server name should contain the network name of the remote computer e Folder name should contain the share name of the folder e User name should contain the name of the scanner user e User password should contain the password of the scanner user e Domainname should contain the name of the domain in which the user name exists If the scanner user does not belong to any domain leave this field empty The server and folder names are used to connect to the shared folder by building a network folder path as follows server name folder name For a network folder enter the name or IP address of the remote computer the name of the shared folder and the user name and password of the scanner user that you have already created on the remote computer Leave the user domain field empty unless the user is a member of a Windows domain If the user is only a local user of the remote computer leave the field empty You can use the name instead of the IP address in the server name field only if the shared folder is on a Windows computer in the same local network This must be a simple name up to 16 characters long without a domain suffix without any dots in the name Fully qualified DNS domain names are not supported If the product and the network folder are in different networks or if the remote computer is not running Win
310. will not fit on the same row as the other pages already nested o No page has been sent to the printer during the specified wait time o The incompatible page queue is full The printer can queue up to six incompatible pages while nesting compatible pages If it receives a seventh incompatible page the nest is printed as it is e Off nesting is disabled This is the default option The nesting wait time can be set at the front panel press Fel then o then Setup gt Job management gt Nest options gt Wait time 30 Chapter3 Setting up the printer ENWW TIP Optimized order uses the minimum amount of paper however it may take longer to print because the printer waits for compatible pages to arrive Turn usage information on and off The printer can send usage information periodically by e mail You can request this in the following ways e inthe HP Designjet Utility for Windows from the Admin tab select Printer settings gt Accounting e inthe HP Utility for Mac OS X select Configuration gt Printer Settings gt Configure Printer Settings gt Accounting e Inthe Embedded Web Server select Setup gt Printer settings gt Accounting In each case you must set the following options e Send accounting files On the default is Off e Send accounting files to a valid e mail address e Send accounting files every choose a number of days 1 60 or a number of prints 1 500 You must also ensure that the e mail server has bee
311. www hp com go eprintandshare 102 Chapter 11 Web connected printing ENWW 12 Job queue management e Thejob queue in the front panel amp The job queue in the Embedded Web Server or HP Utility ENWW 103 The job queue in the front panel To see the job queue on the front panel press on the home screen You can choose Print amp Copy Jobs or Scan Jobs from the tabs at the top of the screen Job queue page The job queue page shows all jobs that are available in whichever job queue you have selected The print amp copy queue includes jobs that are being received parsed rendered printed and already printed The scan queue includes jobs that are being scanned and jobs that have been scanned Each line shows the name of the job and its status Scan and copy jobs are assigned automatically generated names but you can change them if you like For more information on a particular job including a preview of the job press the line showing the job Jobs that cannot be completed for any reason appear at the top of the queue Job preview The printer generates a JPEG file for each incoming job which can be displayed as a preview of the job Job preview is available once the job is processed Ef NOTE Do not try to preview a job with more than 64 pages which may cause software problems To preview a job first press the name of the job in the job queue The front panel displays a page of information about the job and the p
312. y are easier to remember Change your printer s email address You can change your printer s email address at the HP ePrint Center http www hp com go eprintcenter ENWW Change your printer s email address 49 50 Paper handling General advice Load a roll onto the spindle Load a roll into the printer Unload a roll Load a single sheet The stacker The basket View information about the paper Paper presets Printing paper info Move the paper Maintain paper Change the drying time Change the retrieval time Turn the automatic cutter on and off Feed and cut the paper Chapter 6 Paper handling ENWW General advice AN CAUTION Before starting a paper loading process ensure that you have enough room around the printer both in front and behind You need at least enough space behind the printer to open the basket fully AN CAUTION Ensure that the printer wheels are locked the brake lever is pressed down to prevent the printer from moving AN CAUTION All paper must be 280 mm 11 in or longer A4 and letter paper cannot be loaded in landscape orientation O TIP For photo paper wear cotton gloves to avoid transferring oils onto the paper Load a roll onto the spindle 1 Open the roll cover ENWW Generaladvice 51 2 Remove the black end of the spindle from the printer then the blue end A CAUTION Be sure to remove the black end first Removing the blue end first could damage t
313. y and vertically straight down It may be damaged if you insert it too fast or at an angle or if you rotate it as you insert it 2 148 Chapter 16 Handling ink cartridges and printhead ENWW 3 Lower the black piece over the printhead 4 Close the blue cover and make sure that it is properly closed F T oF When the printhead has been inserted correctly and is accepted by the printer the printer beeps Ex NOTE If the printer does not beep when you insert the printhead and the Replace message appears on the front panel display the printhead may need to be reinserted ENWW Insert the printhead 149 5 Lower the scanner 6 The front panel display confirms that the printhead is correctly inserted The printer starts checking and preparing the printhead The default routine process takes 10 minutes If the printer finds problems in preparing the printhead it takes longer up to 45 minutes After the printhead is checked and prepared the printhead realignment procedure runs automatically if paper is loaded see Align the printhead on page 228 7 Youare recommended to perform a color calibration after inserting a new printhead See Color calibration on page 111 Storage of anonymous usage information Each ink cartridge contains a memory chip that assists in the operation of the printer In addition this memory chip stores a limited set of anonymous information about the usage of the printer which can i
314. y nesting When does the printer try to nest pages When both of the following are true The printer is loaded with roll paper not sheet paper The printer s Nest option is turned on See Turn nesting on and off on page 30 What pages can be nested All pages can be nested unless they are so large that two of them cannot fit side by side on the roll or unless there are too many of them to fit into the remaining length of the roll A single group of nested pages cannot be split between two rolls Which pages qualify for nesting In order to be in the same nest the individual pages must be compatible in all of the following ways All pages must have the same print quality setting Economode Fast Normal or Best The Maximum Detail setting must be the same on all pages The Layout Margins setting must be the same for all pages The Mirror Image setting must be the same for all pages The Rendering Intent must be the same for all pages The Cutter setting must be the same for all pages The color adjustment settings must be the same for all pages See Color adjustment options on page 114 Pages must be all color or all grayscale not some in color and some in grayscale All pages must be in one or other of the following two groups the two groups cannot be mixed in the same nest o HP GL 2 RTL TIFF JPEG o PostScript PDF JPEG and TIFF pages with resolutions greater than 300 dpi may not nest with other pages in some
315. you see a pop up window which explains the reason for the problem Follow the instructions to achieve your required result Ef NOTE There are environments that do not support bidirectional communication In those cases alerts do not reach the job owner Alerts 235 27 Front panel error messages Occasionally you may see one of the following messages appear on the front panel display If so please follow the advice in the Recommendation column If you see an error message that does not appear here and you feel in doubt about the correct response or if the recommended action does not seem to solve the problem first try restarting the printer If the problem remains contact HP Support see Contact HP Support on page 242 Table 27 1 Text messages Message Color cartridge altered Color cartridge has expired Color cartridge is low on ink Color cartridge is missing Color cartridge is non HP ink Color cartridge is out of ink Color cartridge is very low on ink Printhead error not present Printhead error replace Printhead error reseat Printhead out of warranty Printhead replacement incomplete Restart it Replace color cartridge Replace incorrect color cartridge Reseat color cartridge 236 Chapter 27 Front panel error messages Recommendation Check the cartridge Replace the cartridge See Handling ink cartridges and printhead on page 140 Ensure that you have a new cartri

User Guide

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents